# Create order/grid

✔ Detailed description on creating orders and order grids, setting stop-losses, trailing and take-profits.

Create orders on "Trading" page:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/8f62bf39-e7b4-463b-8a51-507573361142/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The order creation (position opening) form interface consists of tabs:

1. Order/Grid creation panel
2. Stop Loss, Trailing and Take Profit control modules
3. Settings

<figure><img src="/files/1GyPHsz7Mn5YuBHiBSX3" alt="" width="323"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1\. Order/Grid creation panel:

{% content-ref url="/pages/zl4qhRaiM1XSBbPuhyf8" %}
[Single order](/trading/create-order-grid/single-order)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/UanYh5765cQWlVZKJLYp" %}
[Order grid](/trading/create-order-grid/order-grid)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/p8A9sv7cT84I7LLeq0RB" %}
[Fibonacci grid (levels)](/trading/create-order-grid/fibonacci-grid-levels)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/cXejv4wxUqKYElCKBe9d" %}
[Order types](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/RleezYOpaeYX4IPV8buc" %}
[Customisable volumes](/trading/create-order-grid/custom-volume)
{% endcontent-ref %}

2\. Stop Loss, Trailing and Take Profit control modules:

{% content-ref url="/pages/T3l0Zy7EkkLZ4AlNVIsC" %}
[Stop Loss (SL)](/trading/stop-loss)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/LQXZ5labELy4kqkLkyxU" %}
[Trailing Stop (SLX)](/trading/trailing-stop)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/DBM2cRSlQmcfetx7NwhQ" %}
[Take Profit (TP)](/trading/take-profit)
{% endcontent-ref %}

3\. Settings:

{% content-ref url="/pages/RleezYOpaeYX4IPV8buc" %}
[Customisable volumes](/trading/create-order-grid/custom-volume)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/yQ2Jq6UlL9LmXONUwycj" %}
[Settings templates](/trading/settings-templates)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Single order

✔ Detailed description of creating an order on the Finandy platform. It describes how to open, increase, partially and completely close a position.

## Position opening (create order)

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/zddjdz1yWzw>" %}

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/f0e6f26b-0df7-4b97-89eb-0c6529cf3ad2/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To place a single order, follow these steps:

1. Open currency pair chart
2. Select "New **LONG**" or "New **SHORT**"
3. Choose the "1" order symbol (single order is selected by default)
4. Select [order type](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
5. Enter price, if necessary
6. Enter the amount or volume (= amount x price) of the order
7. Click <mark style="color:green;">**"Open LONG"**</mark> or <mark style="color:red;">**"Open SHORT"**</mark>

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/43bf6f51-5af9-4be3-b916-49ebff2eca04/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Position averaging (DCA)

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/5xo3NYvEXwA>" %}

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/17f6119a-071e-4096-9cce-9e583bfb6819/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To average a position, follow these steps:

1. Open currency pair chart to add tokens to an already opened position.\
   Clicking token name in opened position row opens corresponding currency pair chart as well.
2. Select <mark style="color:green;">"</mark><mark style="color:green;">**LONG**</mark><mark style="color:green;">"</mark> or <mark style="color:red;">"</mark><mark style="color:red;">**SHORT**</mark><mark style="color:red;">"</mark>, based on opened position direction
3. Select the "1" symbol order (a single order is selected by default)
4. Select [order type](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
5. Enter price, if necessary
6. Enter order amount or volume, or % gap (after averaging from current price)
7. Click <mark style="color:green;">"</mark><mark style="color:green;">**Open LONG**</mark><mark style="color:green;">"</mark> or <mark style="color:red;">"</mark><mark style="color:red;">**Open SHORT**</mark><mark style="color:red;">"</mark>

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/504896bb-297a-46d6-8522-28ffd35ed6fd/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Partial position closing

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/yRkGHTDjBC8>" %}

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/f794b697-86da-4d32-a340-ca48c60e1711/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To partially close or reduce a position, follow these steps:

1. Open currency pair chart for opened position
2. Select "<mark style="color:green;">**LONG**</mark>" or "<mark style="color:red;">**SHORT**</mark>", based on the opened position direction
3. Select the "1" symbol order (a single order is selected by default)
4. Select [order type](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
5. Enter price, if necessary
6. Enter the order amount or volume as % of the total position
7. Switch to "Close/reduce"
8. Click <mark style="color:red;">"</mark><mark style="color:red;">**Close LONG**</mark><mark style="color:red;">"</mark> or <mark style="color:green;">"</mark><mark style="color:green;">**Close SHORT**</mark><mark style="color:green;">"</mark>

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/babc4dca-9eb9-47d9-9f07-f86924f851bb/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Total position closing

A position can be fully closed in several ways:

* In the order form
* In the positions list
* On the chart

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/yXIYx4ozK-w>" %}

<figure><img src="/files/ZClylCB3iUGejoM6NruB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To fully close a position in the order form, follow the steps:

1. Open currency pair chart for opened position
2. Select <mark style="color:green;">"</mark><mark style="color:green;">**LONG**</mark><mark style="color:green;">"</mark> or <mark style="color:red;">"</mark><mark style="color:red;">**SHORT**</mark><mark style="color:red;">"</mark>, based on opened position direction
3. Select the "1" symbol order (a single order is selected by default)
4. Select [order typ](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
5. Enter price, if necessary
6. Select 100% to close position completely
7. Switch to "Close"
8. Press <mark style="color:red;">**"Close LONG"**</mark> or <mark style="color:green;">**"Close SHORT"**</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/1XEALN59iyYx9PGoCvLo" alt="" width="322"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### In Position List

To close a position via the positions list, click on the "X" symbol.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/927eb9c3-b825-4897-999d-469b10f70799/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### On chart

To close a position on the chart, click on the "X" symbol on the breakeven line.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/2bbabe97-6548-4d33-9a30-c40e31b8f1da/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Display setting

Adjust Close position button visibility in "**Settings/Trading".**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/4a442824-afc9-4186-9b81-da272b2887db/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Position reversal

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/qNzL6nDhlWY>" %}

{% hint style="info" %}
Reversing position requires deactivating Hedge mode and closing all open positions.\
![](/files/EtPc1sptci8PKzURgA1c)\
Reversing positions is limited to Futures Market.
{% endhint %}

Change "Reverse" button display in **Settings/Trading.**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/030548eb-8aec-4872-9b78-ba85d8ea26e0/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/UZ0IVK3cvz21h0r93sEq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Two Reverse options available in this setting:

<figure><img src="/files/rCai8BbP5JtoBNQTPCSQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Reverse position amount by 2.** \
   Example: You have an opened **LONG** position of **100** tokens and you decide to reduce it to **50** tokens and then reverse it. Clicking "Reverse" button, will close your current 50-token **LONG** position and open a  **50** token **SHORT** position.
2. **Reverse position amount + open position amount.**\
   Example: You have an opened **LONG** position of **100** tokens and you decide to reduce it to **50** tokens and then reverse it. Clicking "Reverse" button, will close your current **50**-token **LONG** position and open a **100**-token **SHORT** position while keeping the OPEN module parameters.

### In Position list

To reverse a position via the positions list, click on the "↑↓" symbol.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/608a9f57-8339-4afe-b9bb-48bf207bf442/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### On chart

To reverse a position, click on the "↑↓" symbol on the chart, on the breakeven line.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/9a976466-c3b9-4a66-bcd3-b73c2e48f822/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Display setting

Adjust "Reverse position" button visibility in **"Settings/Trading".**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/904471a3-4d99-4057-88b2-7b14cc542d62/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Order grid

✔ Description on creating a grid of orders. Learn how to set up order type, volume, auto-refresh levels and other parameters for effective trading.

## Display in interface

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/gOxvo9HI1kU>" %}

To display grid in standard interface, navigate to 'Settings' and select 'Order Creation' (1).

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c9e99189-5ceb-4502-bb7a-46bc84481b9f/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Here you can enable the display of grid functionality (2) and click save changes (3) for them to take effect.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/6d0a2e53-3ed3-40f7-a6ba-bf82ef788a27/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When using PRO mode, grid functionality is automatically activated and displayed in the interface.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/1b08188d-edb4-44ff-9f38-2113eff0a614/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Creating Order Grid

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/05S8l7vzx4M>" %}

To create an order grid, select the symbol "G" in the order creation form and define the following parameters:

1. Order Type
2. Volume / Total quantity of all orders in the grid
3. Auto-update levels
4. Quantity multiplier
5. Density / Step in %
6. Number of orders in the grid
7. First and last price in the grid
8. Auto-cancel order

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/a6877bb7-a51b-483f-b8ab-1326c28ed918/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 1. Order type

The order form supports multiple order types.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/70275181-a191-46a4-b02f-9b28a4d85f0c/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Real or virtual orders:**\
   **R** - real orders. Order sent to the exchange.\
   **V** - virtual orders. Order is created in terminal and only sent to the exchange when activation conditions are met.
2. **Order types to place on the exchange:**\
   **L** - Limit\
   **F** - Floating\
   **M** - Market\
   **S** - Stop Market\
   **T** - Trailing

{% hint style="info" %}
If you create and cancel multiple orders without execution as part of your strategy, we recommend choosing a virtual order type due to Binance's limit on the number of non-executed orders. [More information.](https://www.binance.com/en/support/faq/futures-trading-quantitative-rules-4f462ebe6ff445d4a170be7d9e897272)

You can adjust the number of real orders closest to current price in grid order settings.
{% endhint %}

In most cases "**L**" (Limit) order type is used.

{% content-ref url="/pages/cXejv4wxUqKYElCKBe9d" %}
[Order types](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### 2. All grid orders Volume / Amount

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/961074b6-fa39-4171-a165-e9c1c2201e2f/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Select Volume (sum) or Amount.
2. Enter the token volume or amount across all Grid orders.

{% hint style="info" %}
Please note that volume of each order on the Grid must meet the minimum requirement set by exchange rules.
{% endhint %}

For example, if you assign the total Grid volume to **100 USDT** and spread it evenly over 4 orders, each order's volume will be **25 USDT**.

### **3.** Auto-update level

Disabled by default.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/ad9fd3ef-2af1-4169-b98e-9f931b674973/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If a timeframe (1) is set, the system checks the candle's High/Low price at its close (based on item 2 selection). If the price has increased (for buying) or decreased (for selling), the grid border will be adjusted towards Close or High/Low price, leaving the other border in place:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/e1b0bd1a-1f5f-41a2-b1d3-3d537562f783/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 4. Amount factor

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/791a382f-058b-446d-949e-fa19b7df5bec/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Order grid volume distribution is controlled by this parameter.<br>

For example, if Multiplier = 2, each subsequent order will be 2 times larger than the previous one, starting with the one closest to the trend. And if Multiplier = 0.5, then each successive order will be half the size of the previous one.

The default value is 1, which means that the quantity is evenly distributed among orders.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/d141c468-0fc1-4f33-9e37-41de420c9463/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Order quantity multiplier.
2. Preview graph displays order quantity distribution.
3. Position's average price when all grid orders execute is shown. Grid's middle line can be hidden in settings.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/21987f3f-bf4d-4267-b5f0-c0df5d569d68/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Enter a specific volume or amount in the Grid to preview orders with those parameters.
{% endhint %}

### **5.** Density / Step in %

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/4661ac1d-ad70-4626-a299-a16c5a518ca5/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Select **Density** or **Step** **in %**.
2. Specify value for selected option. By default is 1.

If '**Density'** is selected and set to 1, orders will be evenly distributed in the grid. If set to a value greater than 1, orders will be concentrated closer to the grid´s end, and if less than 1, closer to the beginning.

**Density = 1​**

Example of order distribution with Density=1. The uniform step between grid orders is clearly visible.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c2592f99-0a0b-455f-b636-b4470b7920ec/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Density > 1**

Example of order distribution with Density greater than 1 (value set to 2). The shift in order density toward the farther step (toward the 4th step) is clearly visible.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/8fd60a5b-f213-48b1-930a-dda86a756505/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Density < 1**

Example of order distribution with Density less than 1 (value set to 0.5). The shift in order density toward the first step is clearly visible.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/736353e5-fbb5-42ec-9f1d-dc7c58b79660/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Step in %

When 'Step in %' is selected, Grid orders will be placed with a distance equal to specified percentage.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/7c099b76-3c9b-4698-9157-9afb7b29cd4c/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Last order price in grid is auto-calculated and non-editable.
{% endhint %}

### 6. Number of Grid Orders

Minimum 2 orders, maximum 30.

<figure><img src="/files/QgbP1nRdz87Bi9XYJnRS" alt="" width="316"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 7. First and last Grid price

Customise start and end prices/percentages of order grid.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/ec33b000-da53-4663-a63e-eabf309ef399/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Change external orders prices on chart using the mouse.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/7c849c7b-d706-403d-9016-a7511230bccb/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 8. Order Auto-cancellation

Set auto-cancellation time in position settings to cancel orders automatically.\
Grid order execution deactivates auto-cancellation.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/5e5e99b0-7f03-46f7-a392-b3e7f40da892/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To create a Grid, click <mark style="color:green;">"</mark><mark style="color:green;">**Сreate Grid"**</mark> button.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/985e20b4-9c95-47d3-b84c-853dd89dd53a/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Edit Order Grid

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fh39qANVPOI>" %}

### In order panel

After creating a Grid, a control box for the Grid appears on the right side of "1 order or grid" selection.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/1d530e82-5ac7-4018-b8ae-d54aa3cdb781/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1\. Edit an existing Order Grid by modifying Grid's order number or volume, and adjusting any other relevant parameters.\
Click **'Modify Grid #1'** after making changes.

2\. Create new grid at current position.

3\. Cancel selected Grid (Grid #1 in screenshot).

### Changing order price on chart

Modify order position on chart by clicking and dragging the order's left side.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/33e6a0e5-88b9-42d1-8148-11835f6ecd44/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Adjusting position order price

1. Expand a position by clicking on the position line (excluding currency pair name). Clicking currency pair name will open currency pair chart.
2. Click on price field in the order list, modify price and press Enter, or click outside the field to save changes.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/293093bc-7e35-4cb1-bd46-24db5540b68f/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Frequently asked questions

* [What causes missing orders in the Grid?](#what-causes-missing-orders-in-the-grid)

\###What causes missing orders in the Grid?

The following restrictions must be kept in mind when placing an order on an exchange:

1. minimum number of tokens per order
2. maximum number of tokens per order
3. not all orders on Grid are real
4. insufficient margin in futures market
5. minimum bid price
6. maximum bid price
7. minimum order size (price x quantity)
8. maximum order size (price x quantity)
9. number of executed orders relative to the number of cancelled orders must be greater than 0.01%.

The first 4 limitations are the most common.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Fibonacci grid (levels)

✔ Instructions for creating a grid of orders based on Fibonacci levels. Learn how to configure order type, volume, auto-update levels and other parameters for effective trading.

## Display in Interface

To show Fibonacci grids, enable PRO mode (free)

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/af302cce-569c-4a64-b5f9-fd2fe64498ad/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

or access display options via the interface's 'Settings' section.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/8e83fd0a-3d67-4754-8288-d21772e416f5/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Click 'Order Creation' (1), enable Fibonacci grid display (2) and click "Save" (3).

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/816c0c23-50b5-4b0b-a5d1-3dea345681ac/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Creating Fibonacci Order Grid

Select Fibonacci Grid in order panel.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c0e42766-ff01-4bdb-838c-801f5cdd4b07/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 1. Order type

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/8c0b60ff-131f-4059-bcb2-4b7d7d19c1e6/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Real or virtual orders.**\
   **R** - real orders. Order sent to the exchange.\
   **V** - virtual orders. Order is created in terminal and only sent to the exchange when activation conditions are met.
2. **Order types to place on the exchange:**\
   **L** - Límit\
   **F** - Floating\
   **M** - Market\
   **S** - Stop Market\
   **T** - Trailing Stop Market

{% hint style="info" %}
If you create and cancel multiple orders without execution as part of your strategy, we recommend choosing a virtual order type due to Binance's limit on the number of non-executed orders. [More information.](https://www.binance.com/en/support/faq/futures-trading-quantitative-rules-4f462ebe6ff445d4a170be7d9e897272)\
You can adjust the number of real orders closest to current price in grid order settings.
{% endhint %}

In most cases "**L**" (Limit) order type is used.

{% content-ref url="/pages/cXejv4wxUqKYElCKBe9d" %}
[Order types](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### 2. All grid orders Volume / Amount

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/b196a37c-4621-480f-aa9f-0233e49dd321/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1\. Select **Volume (sum)** or **Amount**.\
2\. Enter the token volume or amount across all Grid orders.

{% hint style="info" %}
Please note that volume of each order on the Grid must meet the minimum requirement set by exchange rules.
{% endhint %}

For example, if you assign the total Grid volume to **100 USDT** and spread it evenly over 4 orders, each order's volume will be **25 USDT**.

### 3. Auto-update level

Disabled by default.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/b3ae51f5-53e1-4f82-9856-a2da46c2903d/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If a timeframe (1) is set, the system checks the candle's **High/Low** price at its close (based on item 2 selection). If the price has increased (for buying) or decreased (for selling), the grid border will be adjusted towards **Close** or **High/Low** price, leaving the other border in place.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/7a293281-6e04-4b7e-9c29-9d92a5f58be5/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 4. Levels

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/0d42f6a3-285d-4ac5-a3e1-027527e233cc/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Enable/disable order placement level.
2. Fibonacci levels from 0 to 1. At level 0 no order is placed.
3. Order price. Prices of Fibonacci grid orders can only be edited at the highest and lowest levels, while the prices of other levels are automatically calculated.
4. Set total percentage in this section:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/792ee7c8-13d8-4b35-aaec-1773193dc042/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 5. Customizing Grid on chart

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/82be1561-4477-4b23-ab74-f6dbe3e22ba4/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Fibonacci grid extreme points.**\
   Drag them using your mouse.
2. **Grid label.** \
   Drag the label to move all Fibonacci grid orders on chart. Total tokens on grid are shown in the label.
3. **Average price** when all grid orders are executed is displayed.

Active levels are highlighted in color.\
While inactive levels are highlighted in gray.

### 6. Order Auto-cancellation.

Set auto-cancellation time in position settings to cancel orders automatically. \
Grid order execution deactivates auto-cancellation.

<figure><img src="/files/pn6yoBVaXU7IbKUvqdKu" alt="" width="323"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To create a Grid, click <mark style="color:green;">"</mark><mark style="color:green;">**Сreate Grid"**</mark> button.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/e5c5c0fd-c3da-4980-a86d-9081a44e0f50/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Edit Fibonacci grid

### In order panel

After creating a Grid, a control box for the Grid appears on the right side of **"1 order or grid"** selection.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/ba16edf1-2970-4f92-b20b-8bf04bd6ee8b/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Edit an existing Order Grid by modifying Grid's order number or volume, and adjusting any other relevant parameters. Click **'Modify Grid #1'** after making changes to Grid orders.
2. Create new grid at current position.
3. Cancel selected Grid (Grid #1 in screenshot).

### Changing order price on chart

Modify order position on the chart by clicking and dragging order's left side.

<figure><img src="/files/4qcodzoXCToCcq8BOEhd" alt="" width="341"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Adjusting grid position on chart

1. Drag the label to adjust grid position.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/53b02f97-4642-4e2f-9a18-0b7a9386e56b/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2\. Click **Change grid** in the order panel.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/e1e44641-0c40-4e27-917b-4002bb87f0fc/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Adjusting position order price

1. Expand a position by clicking on the position line (excluding currency pair name). Clicking currency pair name will open currency pair chart.
2. Click on price field in the order list, modify price and press **Enter**, or click outside the field to save changes.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/519ba6f1-ca74-47c7-848b-8669804f6b50/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Order types

✔ Description of different types of orders in Finandy terminal, including real and virtual orders, their features and commissions on Spot and Futures.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/cdbcdd36-7007-4fd6-9767-0c3b237ce09a/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Terminal can create both real (exchange) and virtual orders, which place a real order based on trigger conditions.

### Real order

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/801c7e48-63cb-4187-876c-7bc5a42ce05c/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**R** (Real) - all exchange types + Floating orders

### Virtual order

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/6aec69d6-a7db-41ff-bf5b-4b962838538f/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**V** (virtual) - places an exchange order (Limit, Float, Market) when the trend hits a trigger price.

## Futures fees

### Maker fee = 0.02%

When executing a Limit order from the order book at a later time, the **Maker** commission is charged.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/a9b5b57c-7c07-4562-a730-78db806566ab/image.png" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example of using a Limit order to buy below the extreme selling price.</p></figcaption></figure>

### Taker fee = 0.05%

Taker fee is charged when orders are filled in the order book.

Examples:

1. Market order

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/61ed2969-2e4b-4842-a934-6bb3e289a08d/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. In case a limit order (e.g. buy 100) is executed at market price due to the presence of an opposite direction order in the order book, the transaction will incur a **Taker** fee.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c859b90b-55ad-40bd-9365-6f39a59b7fb6/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% content-ref url="/pages/jv75T6F5wQ90mPIstSNi" %}
[Limit order](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/limit-order)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/gvrTMRW95UpQQTOhTssi" %}
[Floating order](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/floating-order)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/v3YrIMOkz0UBXefI1gMM" %}
[Market order](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/market-order)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/8BYGy0IoBb2HVwaD1LIn" %}
[Stop order](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/stop-order)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/w6quyXZwXWPoq9791kG9" %}
[Trailing order](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/trailing-order)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/sBnlfIgicPT9mSAJT4kW" %}
[Virtual order](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/virtual-order)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Limit order

✔ A limit order is an exchange order created at a fixed price. Learn how to create and place limit orders in the order book.

A limit order is an exchange order that is created at a fixed price.

## Creating order

Order placement requirements:

1. Select <mark style="color:green;">**"New Long"**</mark> or <mark style="color:red;">**"New Short"**</mark>
2. Select Order type ( for example - L)
3. Enter price ( can be done on the graph)
4. Enter an amount or volume
5. Click <mark style="color:green;">**"Open LONG**</mark><mark style="color:green;">"</mark>

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/826a2192-1098-47fd-9ff0-bb3e26c18486/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Related references:

{% content-ref url="/pages/RleezYOpaeYX4IPV8buc" %}
[Customisable volumes](/trading/create-order-grid/custom-volume)
{% endcontent-ref %}

When placing a limit order, it can either add liquidity to the order book or match with existing orders, depending on the prices involved.

## Limit Order Conditions in the Order Book

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note:** Limit orders are subject to a price deviation restriction from the current market price (\~5-10%). Orders with anomalously high or low prices will be automatically rejected.
{% endhint %}

### Buying

Order price must be **lower** than the extreme <mark style="color:red;">**selling**</mark> price in the order book

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/2c4891f8-07b8-4366-8a3e-0616ef3b9828/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Selling&#x20;

Order price must be **higher** than the extreme <mark style="color:green;">**buying**</mark> price in the order book

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/d2c36c45-6627-45c5-9f12-c5dbecbfe7d3/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Limit order conditions for market price execution

### Buying

Order price must be **higher** than the extreme <mark style="color:red;">**selling**</mark> price in the order book

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/ee5ffa9c-b00a-4903-9552-c85604a439ec/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Selling

Order price must be **Lower** than the extreme <mark style="color:green;">**buying**</mark> price in the order book

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/2955243f-364a-4ddb-ab3e-579d63ff3127/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Floating order

✔ Floating order - a limit order with auto offset to improve the entry price. Learn more about how this order type works and its settings.

**Floating Order** - Limit order with automatic price adjustment to the order book's extreme price. Suitable for instruments with large spreads and can improve entry price for illiquid currencies.

{% hint style="success" %}
This order type was developed by Finandy.
{% endhint %}

Let's explain how it works on **BTCUSDT**. \
To open a position, select **F** in the order creation panel and enter the order´s Volume or Amount.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/085abdeb-77f3-4534-9474-318be9504f30/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Extreme selling price **ASK** = <mark style="color:red;">`23 555.93`</mark>\
Extreme buying price **BID** = <mark style="color:red;">`23 555.32`</mark>\
Price tick size = <mark style="color:red;">`0.01`</mark>

The system creates a **LIMIT** order at chosen price <mark style="color:red;">`BID + 1 price step`</mark>\
In our example, order price = <mark style="color:red;">`23 555.32 + 0.01 = 23 555.33`</mark>

If our order is not fully executed and a limit order is placed above it by another market participant, the system will move our order above the current bid with a short waiting time specified in the settings. This process will continue until our order is either fully executed or cancelled according to the specified settings.

If the order is moved below the minimum limit during repositioning, the next repositioning will depend on the settings chosen. It may be equal to the minimum order size, or the order may be cancelled or left waiting at current price for execution.

System behavior when selling is similar, except that the initial order price is set = <mark style="color:red;">`ASK - 1 price step`</mark>

{% hint style="info" %}
A **floating order** allows you to quickly execute an order at the best price available.
{% endhint %}

## Floating order settings

{% content-ref url="/pages/WOx4rqpVtN2KKx7P3m1w" %}
[Floating order](/settings/settings/trading/floating-order)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Additionally

#### Commission for Floating orders

The commission for Floating orders can be Taker (0.05%) or Maker (0.02%). Getting the lower Maker commission rate is not always guaranteed as it is a compromise to enter at a more favorable price.

**Do you have any questions? We can help in our Telegram Chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Market order

✔ Description of how to use market orders on Finandy to instantly execute buy or sell orders. Understanding how market orders work.

To execute a market order, enter the order amount or volume without specifying a price.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/2295d8c8-34ea-460d-b4bd-636b2a2a1663/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## ​Buying

Once a market <mark style="color:green;">**buy**</mark> order is placed, the exchange will execute the <mark style="color:red;">**sell**</mark> orders (ASK) from the order book, starting from the farthest order until the market order is fully filled.

## Selling

Once a market <mark style="color:red;">**sell**</mark> order is placed, the exchange will execute the <mark style="color:green;">**buy**</mark> orders (BID) from the order book, starting from the farthest order until the market order is fully filled.

A Market order execute orders in the order book (reducing liquidity) and incurs a **Taker** commission of 0.05% in the Futures market.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Stop order

✔ Using stop orders on the Finandy platform: algorithmic orders available on Binance for spot and futures trading. Learn about stop-limit and stop-market orders and how to set them up

A Binance algorithmic order that generates a real order once the trigger price is reached.

* **Spot**: Limit order available
* **Futures**: Limit or Market Order available

{% hint style="info" %}
To place a Stop-Limit order, you need to set the trigger price at which the limit order will be placed.
{% endhint %}

For example, a <mark style="color:green;">**BUY**</mark> order is created:

* Trigger price = **100**
* Order price = **99.5**

If the price reaches **100**, a limit order will be automatically placed to buy at **99.5**, which is **0.5%** below the current market price.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/d4c6c2c5-da5a-45cb-bded-dd30ba537853/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
In a Stop Limit order, the order price is set by default, so when trigger price is reached, the order is executed at market price.
{% endhint %}

Switching between Stop-Limit and Stop-Market in Futures

* Stop-limit

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/21c9b1b3-88b6-4cb9-8728-592aa7252f2c/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* ​Stop-Market

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/f34629d4-80f1-49f4-a55a-195a975096eb/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Trailing order

✔ Description of using a trailing order to automatically follow the price trend. Detailed description of trailing orders operation and settings

A Futures-specific algorithmic order offered by Binance.

<figure><img src="/files/7bhyEF0MqOuVTX8vJF3g" alt="" width="323"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
WARNING!\
When <mark style="color:green;">**buying**</mark>, you must place an order **BELOW** the current market price, and when <mark style="color:red;">**selling**</mark>, you must place an order **ABOVE** the current market price.
{% endhint %}

## Trailing order algorithm

Once the trigger price is reached, the order will follow the market trend at a deviation distance (Callback Rate) that has been set.

If the price during a pullback from the maximum point (extreme) exceeds the distance set in "Callback Rate", the order will be executed as a Market order.

<figure><img src="/files/NQHxc0IsCHE9te2NOdGe" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Currency pair price movement
2. Callback rate
3. Trailing activation
4. Stop loss points
5. Trailing order price movement
6. Closing position at market price

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Virtual order

✔ Description of using virtual orders on the Finandy platform to create orders when a trigger price is reached without freezing funds. Detailed description of how virtual orders work and settings

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/82fcd6a8-dcaa-43e3-8ed2-2e408804848a/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When the trigger price is crossed, a real order is executed, similar to a stop order.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Advantages**:

* Does not freeze funds in the wallet
* Not visible to other market participants
* Can be used to break resistance lines
  {% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/xlKve5l4TOvFdCsOn8LT" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Order type

Upon trigger activation, the selected order type will be executed:

* **L** - Limit
* **F** - Floating
* **M** - Market

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/30031a63-1b86-4fa4-824b-5dc39bedf954/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## ​Trigger

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/faeead59-38b4-4cce-9868-2a4af6e15725/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Specify the event that will trigger real order placement:

* **Last price**\
  Currency pair last price is monitored every 2 seconds for any changes.
* **Order book**\
  Detects price changes in the best <mark style="color:red;">**bid**</mark> prices for a <mark style="color:green;">**buy**</mark> and <mark style="color:green;">**ask**</mark> prices for a <mark style="color:red;">**sell**</mark> in the order book, guarding against false price breakouts.
* **By candle's close**\
  Select candlestick range to compare closing price to trigger price.

## ​Trigger price

When the trigger price is reached, a real order is created.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/380c00cc-1885-44a0-8667-2b57cae5ad0e/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Set price for the limit order when trigger is activated.
{% endhint %}

For example, a buy order is created:

* Trigger price = **0.4108**
* Order price = **0.41**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/774bce09-61ce-4b3c-aff8-8aa2f6993f2d/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

It means, a limit order is placed at **0.41** when price reaches **0.4108**.

\
\
**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Customisable volumes

✔ Description of fixed volume settings for quick order creation or order grid on Binance, OKX, Finandy exchanges. Available in settings: Amount, Order volume, % of wallet balance

## Interface

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c3b6aff7-8a7c-403f-9269-f4174ebb986c/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When you click on the button with a value, the specified volume or number of tokens will be inserted.

### Amount

<figure><img src="/files/mOpyYcjevzhuAAJIGfKW" alt="" width="318"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If % is not specified and the border is **dashed**, then clicking the button will insert **Amount.**

### Volume

<figure><img src="/files/KwL8KyGfXs0xJdoDoftv" alt="" width="313"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If % is not specified and the border is **solid**, then clicking the button will insert **Volume**.

### Wallet balance %

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/fcdbe707-8690-4179-a93b-9c8d4a3e4b0e/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If a percentage is specified, then clicking the button will insert Order volume as a percentage of the **Free** wallet balance.

## Settings

Customizable volumes are configured in the order menu.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/8bef1bb1-41f9-485d-854f-1044eebbc6ad/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1\. Tokens **amount** (contracts)\
2\. **Volume**\
3\. Volume **in %** (volume in percentage of **free** balance)\
4\. Selected option value

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Stop Loss (SL)

✔ Learn how to set and use stop losses on the Finandy platform: setting levels, order types and calculation methods. Detailed guide to working with stop losses.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C2hWJfqgRsQ>" %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
Real Take Profit and Stop Loss orders cannot be set simultaneously in the SPOT market, If attempted, the system replaces the Stop order with a virtual one.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/PTRQkURMhJQAIG2LF9RF" alt="" width="374"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Enabling SL module, will place a Stop Loss based on its settings when opening a position.

## 1. SL level, %

**Stop loss** will be placed with a % offset:

* **from position's break-even level.** When SL level reordering (#7) is disabled, the stop loss will be based on the price of the first executed order within the position.
* **from DCA order´s** average price.

For example, If the first executed order in a Long position was at 0.4 (including commissions), and a Stop Loss is set at **5%** from position price, then the Stop Loss order will be placed at 0.38.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/a41e7428-2e35-490b-a754-24a887b088fc/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 2. Specific Stop Loss price

Absolute Stop Loss value can be set using the keyboard numbers or arrows.

<figure><img src="/files/nIYOamzsMaw8vUe8syt0" alt="" width="316"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Dragging the order on chart with your mouse is also possible.

<figure><img src="/files/tjmIVaf52WoZmTTEhpUA" alt="" width="364"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 3. Calculation method

### Fixed price

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/e1f3055c-f099-4ef2-8f43-432f43c3a47c/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

At a given Stop Loss price (1), loss Amount (2) is calculated:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/03f69f00-5713-44aa-822d-15095169c1f4/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

or vice versa, for a given loss amount (1) the stop loss price (2) is calculated:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c17537c5-b340-4ffe-acb6-37c7229d7aaf/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### **Amount calculation**

<figure><img src="/files/hTRGkjayQd7EJDYG7uLy" alt="" width="314"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Number of orders for position opening will be calculated

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/e3459931-f214-47f5-875e-2913024b745c/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

set a Stop Loss based on a specified risk amount and price (% offset).

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/6fb7eccc-0f7a-4212-8234-686055e2340a/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Note: Automatic grid level updates do not recalculate token amount in orders.
{% endhint %}

## 4. Risk amount

Estimated loss in dollars when closing position at Stop Loss level.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/f672d248-ca8a-4cb6-9a53-8f511aacc86d/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

SL level is automatically filled in when % offset for Stop Loss is entered.&#x20;

By filling in this field, SL level is calculated to ensure that the specified risk equals the loss at Stop Loss.

## 5. Order Type

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/9af0fa2a-7a58-4ba8-964b-8a0c38ab0eef/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* [**Virtual Floating**](https://docs.finandy.com/trading/manual/order-types/floating-order) - limit order with auto-swaps. It is more profitable to exit in currencies with a wider spread.
* [**Virtual Market**](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/market-order) - a virtual order that triggers a real order to execute bids from other market participants at market price.
* [**Stop Market** ](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/stop-order)- is a type of exchange order that initiates a market order once the stop price is triggered\*.

{% hint style="warning" %}
\*Be aware of market liquidity and volatility when using market orders, as they can execute at a price that is higher/lower than the most recent visible.
{% endhint %}

## 6. Order trigger

Additional options for virtual orders.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c628a949-cee9-4f8c-84a4-24fa63e12257/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Trigger for virtual stop loss to close position with a real order.

* **Current price**\
  If virtual order's trigger price crosses the currency pair price, a real order is created (step 5).
* **Order book**\
  Checks the sell limit price for a **Long** position and the buy limit price for a **Short** position. Protects against false price movements (squeezes).
* **1m candle, 3m candle etc.**\
  First value is candle's timeframe.\ <mark style="color:green;">**Long**</mark> position will be closed by Stop Loss if the trigger candle closes at or below the SL level.\ <mark style="color:red;">**Short**</mark> position will be closed by Stop Loss if the trigger candle closes at or above the SL level.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7PAu6nyirL8>" %}

## 7. Level Reordering

If enabled, **SL** adjusts automatically after averaging position price, maintaining the same offset from position´s price as before.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qgQp3CPjDik>" %}

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Trailing Stop (SLX)

✔ Description of how to use Trailing Stop on the Finandy platform to automatically reposition stop loss at trigger price or executed take profit. Detailed guide on how to set up and operate

<figure><img src="/files/ozKlmJ7n23Bp7mUupORQ" alt="" width="324"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Finandy service offers 2 trailing types:

* Trailing Stop Loss at trigger price (traditional trailing)
* Trailing Stop Loss at Take Profit

{% hint style="warning" %}
Changing the stop-loss price manually while the SLX module is active will disable the SLX module.
{% endhint %}

## Currency price-based trailing

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/S3hulE0TjPU>" %}

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/d7cac5a0-fd08-4867-909d-5b354b1b926b/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Trailing stop loss principles:

1. Currency pair price movement
2. Trailing stop repositioning
3. Trailing Trigger Points
4. Dynamic stop points
5. Stop loss activation

<figure><img src="/files/KHG7F7XDirDkLfJ8hmJr" alt="" width="324"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 1. Place at Breakeven, %

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/734d1047-df2a-4637-9931-f845fe3814c8/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Stop Loss is automatically set to breakeven price when specified profit percentage is reached.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Disabled if field is blank.
{% endhint %}

### 2. Breakeven offset, %

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/720ae4d4-c146-449f-899b-e0344f585f92/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The Stop Loss order is placed at a certain offset percentage from the breakeven price upon trigger activation in step 1. This feature can increase potential profit when the position is closed by Stop Loss.

{% hint style="warning" %}
If this field is blank, SLX will place an SL order at break-even price when the trigger in step 1 is activated.
{% endhint %}

### 3. Trailing activation (tracking)

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/311e21c1-0e7a-492e-9c0b-53e5d02076e6/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Specify profit percentage for Trailing Stop activation. Disables SL module if active.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Disabled if field is blank.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
For example, if **0.5** is specified for a long position with a price of **100**, Trailing will be activated when the price is above **100.5**.
{% endhint %}

### 4. Price offset trigger (callback rate)

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/e238eb39-bc41-48d9-a984-e7d1622699f3/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Percentage gap between SL price and current currency pair price.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/29f5f8d4-45f6-486c-b206-9af4b6b946d1/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Currency pair price movement
2. Offset
3. Trailing stop activation
4. Dynamic stop points
5. Price movement controlled by SLX module for Stop orders
6. Position closing

Stop Loss follows the trend for <mark style="color:green;">**Long**</mark> positions when moving up and remains fixed when moving down.

For <mark style="color:red;">**Short**</mark> positions, the Stop Loss follows the trend when moving down and remains fixed when moving up.

### 5. Minimum repositioning step

<figure><img src="/files/odYAm6NOulGCBGzonWw1" alt="" width="323"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Minimum percentage difference between current and new price required for Stop Loss movement when trigger is activated.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/296ac0f6-1c18-46a9-a8ba-0212ac2e387e/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Currency pair price movement
2. Previous Stop Loss price
3. New Stop Loss price
4. Stop Loss relocation event
5. Minimum relocation step - distance equal to or greater than the minimum StopLoss step

{% hint style="info" %}
SL variations occur discreetly, no more than **0.02%** of current price. For example, if a variation occurred at a price of **100**, the next variation will occur when the price reaches **100.02**.
{% endhint %}

### 6.  Min. position volume&#x20;

If position volume is below the specified value, Trailing will not be activated and SL will not be adjusted to Breakeven.

#### Example

<figure><img src="/files/YGv069XsXnLKjsKNJ67Q" alt="" width="323"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In this example, **SLX** module will set the stop loss to breakeven or start trailing only if the position size is over <mark style="color:blue;">**100**</mark>.

1. Market buy for **50 USDT** volume.

| **PnL**                                | **Volume of the position**                  | **Trailing** |
| -------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | ------------ |
| <mark style="color:red;">**0%**</mark> | <mark style="color:red;">**50 USDT**</mark> | -            |

2\. Currency pair price increased, and trailing failed to start as position size was lower than the specified value.

| **PnL**                                  | **Volume of the position**                  | **Trailing** |
| ---------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | ------------ |
| <mark style="color:green;">**1%**</mark> | <mark style="color:red;">**50 USDT**</mark> | -            |

3\. Position averaged out, but trailing stop still inactive as profit has not reached the set trigger.

| **PnL**                                  | **Volume of the position**                     | **Trailing** |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | ------------ |
| <mark style="color:red;">**0.4%**</mark> | <mark style="color:green;">**200 USDT**</mark> | -            |

4. Currency pair price has increased and trailing has been activated.

| **PnL**                                    | **Volume of the position**                     | **Trailing** |
| ------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------- | ------------ |
| <mark style="color:green;">**0.7%**</mark> | <mark style="color:green;">**200 USDT**</mark> | ✅            |

### 7. Price Trigger

<figure><img src="/files/cLshGACw9eJSKV4zhysn" alt="" width="323"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Current price** - follows currency pair current price.
* **Order book** - follows best bid/ask price in the order book. Protects against false price movements (squeezes).
* **Candle Timeframe** - SL is moved if candle's closing price deviates a certain percentage from the specified timeframe.

### 8. Order Type

<figure><img src="/files/rMNa1a50gjHhGxvCmXuB" alt="" width="323"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* [**Virtual Floating**](https://docs.finandy.com/trading/manual/order-types/floating-order) - Auto-swap enabled limit order for more profitable exits in high-spread currencies.
* [**Virtual Market**](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/virtual-order) - Virtual order that triggers a real order to execute at market price based on other participants' bids.
* [**Stop Market**](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/stop-order) - is a type of exchange order that initiates a market order once the stop price is triggered\*.

{% hint style="warning" %}
\*Be aware of market liquidity and volatility when using market orders, as they can execute at a price that is higher/lower than the most recent visible.
{% endhint %}

### 9. Order trigger

Additional options for virtual orders.

<figure><img src="/files/WelS5kOwa2cOcaATwTPm" alt="" width="323"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Trigger for virtual order to close position with a real order.

* **Current Price** \
  If virtual order's trigger price crosses the currency pair price, a real order is created (step 5).
* **Order book** \
  Checks the sell limit price for a **Long** position and the buy limit price for a **Short** position. Protects against false price movements (squeezes).
* **1m candle, 3m candle, etc**. \
  First value is candle's timeframe.

  <mark style="color:green;">**Long**</mark> position will be closed by the Stop Loss if the trigger candle closes at or below the SL level.

  <mark style="color:red;">**Short**</mark> position will be closed by the Stop Loss if the trigger candle closes at or above the SL level.

### 10. Action on #CA

<figure><img src="/files/GDdNLmapKQKYze7QlXJI" alt="" width="323"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When placing a SL at breakeven level, averaging orders will be canceled or remain unchanged.

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th width="185.5"></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Parameter</strong></td><td><strong>Description</strong></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Off(default)</strong></td><td>Averaging orders will remain active and not be canceled when the SLX module is enabled.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cancel #CA</strong></td><td>All averaging orders will be cancelled when the SLX module is enabled.</td></tr></tbody></table>

## Trailing based on executed Take Profits

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bhU3Vr2WaSI>" %}

The module creates or repositions a **Stop Loss** when a **Take Profit** order is executed on a position.

<figure><img src="/files/m7JL16sI1zqETqM1z2XK" alt="" width="374"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 1. Activation at BreakEven

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/4237e745-b881-4101-97cf-2ea733dd424f/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When № Take Profit is executed, it moves to Break-even Point and continues to follow the executed Take Profit (if specified in set point #2).

For example, If you activate Break-Even (BE) at 1 TP execution, the module will cancel current Stop Loss (SL) after the first TP is executed and set a new SL at the original break-even price.

### 2. Each TP

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/11a5f242-e45d-46af-91e0-3f43fd3bfaf3/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once activated, each executed Take Profit will move Stop Loss closer to the trend based on table´s algorithm. If deactivated, Stop Loss will be set at break-even position´s price and will not be adjusted.

Assuming activation occurs from the second TP, the module will perform the same actions for any other TP that triggers it.

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th width="183.5"></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Event</strong></td><td><strong>Action</strong></td></tr><tr><td>Execution <strong>TP</strong> #2</td><td><strong>SLX</strong> module cancels all existing <strong>SLs</strong> and sets a new <strong>SL</strong> at break-even price with the specified order type.</td></tr><tr><td>Execution <strong>TP</strong> #3</td><td>Cancels current <strong>SL</strong>, and set new <strong>SL</strong> at executed <strong>TP</strong> #1 price.</td></tr><tr><td>Execution <strong>TP</strong> #4</td><td>Cancels current <strong>SL</strong>, and set new <strong>SL</strong> at executed <strong>TP</strong> #2 price.</td></tr><tr><td>etc.</td><td>etc.</td></tr></tbody></table>

### 3. Order type

<figure><img src="/files/MwNgluDQrjvpaPqi2vTe" alt="" width="324"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* [**Virtual Floating**](https://docs.finandy.com/trading/manual/order-types/floating-order) - Auto-swap enabled limit order for more profitable exits in high-spread currencies.
* [**Virtual Market**](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/virtual-order) - Virtual order that triggers a real order to execute at market price based on other participants bids.
* [**Stop Market**](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/stop-order) - is a type of exchange order that initiates a market order once the stop price is triggered\*.

{% hint style="warning" %}
\*Be aware of market liquidity and volatility when using market orders, as they can execute at a price that is higher/lower than the most recent visible.
{% endhint %}

### 4. Order trigger

Additional options for virtual orders.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/5c2b4e81-f223-415e-a180-3af796595d54/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Trigger for virtual order to close position with a real order.

* **Current Price** \
  If virtual order's trigger price crosses the currency pair price, a real order is created (step 5).
* **Order book** \
  Checks the sell limit price for a **Long** position and the buy limit price for a **Short** position. Protects against false price movements (squeezes).
* **1m candle, 3m candle, etc**. \
  First value is candle's timeframe.

  <mark style="color:green;">**Long**</mark> position will be closed by the Stop Loss if the trigger candle closes at or below the SL level.\ <mark style="color:red;">**Short**</mark> position will be closed by the Stop Loss if the trigger candle closes at or above the SL level.

### 5. Action on #CA

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/9e058d38-27dc-483f-8b20-508de028729c/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When placing a SL at breakeven level, averaging orders will be canceled or remain unchanged.

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th width="184.5"></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Parameter</strong></td><td><strong>Description</strong></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Off(default)</strong></td><td>Averaging orders will remain active and NOT be canceled when the SLX module is enabled.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cancel #CA</strong></td><td>All averaging orders will be cancelled when the SLX module is enabled.</td></tr></tbody></table>

### 6. Check profit?

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/9df01b67-7882-4b66-81a5-c6b28156657b/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If enabled, SLX module will move the SL order only when there are profits in the position. If disabled, SLX module will move SL orders regardless of profit or loss.

## Additionally

* SLX activation is performed relative to the breakeven level for the position, but without funding. In case of negative funding for a position, closing a position through the SLX module may result in a loss. \
  In the case of a long stay in a position, the influence of deduction/accrual for funding on the middle line is controlled by the trader independently.
* When trading inside a position, please note that trailing is based on **the average entry price,** not position price.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Take Profit (TP)

✔ Learn how to set up and use take profit on the Finandy platform to automatically create and manage single orders or a grid of orders. Complete guide with pictures.

TP module creates one or more Take Profit orders automatically.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FIQGRpWSjJ8uFGR3mXSA2%2Fuploads%2FvX3RCraB4WZJbkqWUFLc%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=9c356f18-5a58-4dd8-9d64-978c65516cf7" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can preview and move the Take Profit on the chart when creating a position.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=My3wiAEWGFo>" %}

## Settings

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/ef5df289-568e-4532-844d-8f13b3bece96/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 1. Level Reordering

* ✅ Enabled\
  After averaging, **TP** orders will be cancelled and new ones will be created with an increased quantity at the same distance as before averaging.
* 🚫 **Disabled**\
  After averaging, **TP** will be canceled and new TP orders will be created with an increased quantity at the same price as before averaging.

#### TP reordering example:

1. A **Long** position had one **TP** order at **+1%** level from its price, prior to averaging.
2. After averaging, the position price dropped, and **TP** distance increased by **3%.**
3. The system cancels previous **TP** order and creates a new one with an increased quantity, bringing the distance to position level back to **+1%**, as before averaging.

### **2. Order type**

* [**Limit** ](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/limit-order)- an order placed at a specified price.
* [**Virtual Market**](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/market-order) - Virtual order that triggers a real order to execute at market price based on other participants' bids.
* [**Virtual Floating**](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/floating-order) - Auto-adjustment limit order for more profitable exits in high-spread coins.
* [**Stop Market**](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/stop-order) - exchange-type order that initiates a market order once the stop price is triggered.

### 3. Number of orders

Combining the [**SLX module,**](https://docs.finandy.com/trading/trailing) with multiple TP orders can optimize profits while adjusting **Stop Loss** based on **executed TP's**.

### 4. Order price and token quantity.

Position's total token quantity determines percentage of token quantities in orders. TP price levels are set as % of position price.

Token quantities are evenly distributed by default.

{% hint style="info" %}
The final order's quantity is calculated automatically and cannot be modified.
{% endhint %}

## FAQ

[How to manually set multiple Take Profits when TP module is disabled?](#how-to-manually-set-multiple-take-profits-when-tp-module-is-disabled)

[What is the reason for only having one active TP (the outermost one)?](#what-is-the-reason-for-only-having-one-active-tp-the-outermost-one)\\

\###How to manually set multiple Take Profits when TP module is disabled?

1. Open currency pair chart for opened position;

<figure><img src="/files/bp4sM9bXM6yAPTYar78J" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Select <mark style="color:green;">**"LONG"**</mark> or <mark style="color:red;">**"SHORT"**</mark>, based on opened position direction
3. Select "1" order (set by default)
4. Select [order type](https://docs.finandy.com/trading/manual/order-types)
5. Enter price, if necessary
6. Enter order amount or volume as % of total position
7. Switch to "Close/reduce"
8. Click "<mark style="color:red;">**Close LONG**</mark>" or "<mark style="color:green;">**Close SHORT**</mark><mark style="color:green;">"</mark>

<figure><img src="/files/mXYFPIHWDl6KybvOX7lj" alt="" width="322"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### What is the reason for only having one active TP (the outermost one)?

The following restrictions must be kept in mind when placing an order on an exchange:

1. minimum number of tokens per order
2. maximum number of tokens per order
3. minimum placement price
4. maximum placement price
5. minimum order size (price x quantity)
6. maximum order size (price x quantity)
7. the number of executed orders relative to the number of cancelled orders must be greater than 0.01%

The first 2 limitations are the most common.

**Any questions? We can help in our Telegram Chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Settings templates

✔ Learn how to create and edit setup templates on the Finandy platform to save different sets of automations and order grids. A detailed guide to managing setup templates.

Customize and save multiple automation and order grid settings with templates.&#x20;

By default, Template #0 automatically updates module settings every 5 seconds.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FLIJPzHiGmaflsLYxwctQ%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=49fa9487-6e5c-42bd-a862-c5d84b47f0c9" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Creating templates

{% hint style="warning" %}
To create a new template, ensure that there are no open positions on the pair.
{% endhint %}

### Templates list

1. Click here

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2F873SH1qTBuuiGRiIhrll%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=96ca00bb-755f-46c9-939c-e00c6118d5c6" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Click "New template"

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2Fjxy4lOOuXm8ws6NG7hXZ%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=dba6cc73-55c5-4280-b854-d953ce730709" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Settings tab within order creation panel

1. Template name.
2. Specify the currency pair to apply the template.\
   To apply the template to all currency pairs, leave the field blank.
3. New template creation button.

## Editing templates

<figure><img src="/files/jHtZ8Ty0IsRLo0GUyZyF" alt="" width="323"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Template number** \
   Automatically assigned and displayed in template selection.
2. **Template name** \
   Custom name.
3. **Currency pair filter**\
   If you leave this field blank, the template will be applied to all currency pairs. If you specify a pair name, the template will only be displayed for that specific pair.
4. **Save button**
5. **Delete button**

## Template Selection

Template selection is located in settings block.

<figure><img src="/files/CS4OypCr4sjWcSVQTYei" alt="" width="325"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Templates can only be selected for **NEW** positions, not for opened ones.
{% endhint %}

Templates are created with default settings. You need to select them after creation

<figure><img src="/files/gqN91HxzTPGozzLj6NqL" alt="" width="324"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

and then configure all modules and order panel,

<figure><img src="/files/BJy9XiIh4m0b9CjvN7DS" alt="" width="325"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

and click **"Save"** changes.

<figure><img src="/files/BRxbLANB87T2evPFIY7K" alt="" width="325"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Templates with a different currency pair mask are not displayed in the list.
{% endhint %}

Templates with a specific currency pair will appear with a colon, for example:\ <mark style="color:red;">`5 TP+ SL+ Fibo: BTCUSDT`</mark>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Trade Reports

Documentation will be published soon


# User Interface

✔ Description of Finandy trading interface: menus, widgets, functions, differences between standard and PRO modes. Detailed guide on how to use the interface.

The trading interface is separated into multiple sections:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/57677fc0-20a8-4256-9e47-60a4f92b2f85/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 1. Main menu

### Exchange selection

The exchange selection is located in the upper left corner (labeled Finandy, Binance, or OKX).

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/43df504a-b691-44fa-89ca-26e777005e1e/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Market selection

The market and balance selection is located next to the exchange selection.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/36c66871-7e75-4f3d-9820-2e08f7e79f45/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Pages

The page menu is shown in the figure and consists of the following items:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/e988293d-f779-4dd0-9cc0-a0271ac57ca3/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* [**Positions (open and closed)**](/)
* [**TradingView Signals**](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview)
* [**Copy Trading**](/copy-trading/master-copy-trading-binance)
* [**Wallets**](/exchange/finandy/deposit)
* [**Reports**](/trading/reports)
* [**Account**](/settings/account)
* [**Settings**](/settings/settings)

### Pro mode toggle switch

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/4c09bff3-f67c-455b-a010-85f567db2908/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Standard mode is enabled by default.

If you need more features, activate the PRO mode.

{% hint style="success" %}
PRO mode is provided for **free**.
{% endhint %}

Difference between Standard and PRO modes.

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th width="249.33333333333331"></th><th></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Text</strong></td><td>Standard</td><td><strong>PRO</strong></td></tr><tr><td>Main menu</td><td>Located horizontally at the top</td><td>Located vertically on the left side</td></tr><tr><td>Text fields</td><td><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/83b02be6-fdd0-4546-9886-ee83e763c755/image.png" alt=""></td><td><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/b2e96128-3a81-43a7-abee-ba18c679eb31/image.png" alt=""></td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:blue;"><strong>ORDER PANEL</strong></mark></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td>Order types</td><td>Limit Market Stop-market</td><td>All</td></tr><tr><td>Order grid</td><td>Hidden</td><td>✅</td></tr><tr><td>Fibonacci</td><td>Hidden</td><td>✅</td></tr><tr><td>Settings templates</td><td>Hidden</td><td>✅</td></tr><tr><td>Order Auto-cancellation</td><td>Hidden</td><td>✅</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:red;"><strong>STOP LOSS</strong></mark></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td>Price calculation</td><td><ul><li>from breakeven price</li></ul></td><td><ul><li>from breakeven price</li><li>from average</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Risk calculation</td><td>Hidden</td><td>✅</td></tr><tr><td>Order types</td><td>Hidden</td><td>✅</td></tr><tr><td>Level reordering</td><td>Hidden</td><td>✅</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:purple;"><strong>TRAILING</strong></mark></td><td>Hidden</td><td>✅</td></tr><tr><td><mark style="color:green;"><strong>TAKE PROFIT</strong></mark></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td>Order types</td><td>Hidden</td><td>✅</td></tr><tr><td>Level reordering</td><td>Hidden</td><td>✅</td></tr></tbody></table>

### News

The menu item represents the current news feed.

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandyNewsEN>" %}

## **2. Chart**

More details about the chart functions are available at the link below:

{% content-ref url="/pages/Z0BzsLEw1cZGNcfUvsVT" %}
[Chart](/interface/chart)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## **3.** Tab block below the chart

### Positions (opened, closed)

More details about the position list are available at the link:

{% content-ref url="/pages/7S6AdbxvffegGRTAV4NP" %}
[Position list](/interface/positions)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### Opened orders

List of pending orders:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/ed896f9d-caa4-4f21-94f4-dbe15c373127/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1\. **Order number**

2\. **Filled dot** indicates an unfulfilled real exchange order

3\. **Empty dot** dot indicates an unfulfilled virtual order

4\. **Red** - Sell \
&#x20;   **Yellow** - Sell, virtual order\
&#x20;   **Orange** - Sell, executed order\
&#x20;   **Green** - Buy\
&#x20;   **Lime green** - Buy, virtual order\
&#x20;   **Blue** - Buy, executed order\
&#x20;   **Grey** - Cancelled order

5\. <mark style="color:green;">**Mark up**</mark> - increase position\ <mark style="color:red;">**Mark down**</mark> - decrease position

6\. **Order type**

7\. **Order number** in the order grid

8\. Currency pair **Name**

9\. **Number** of tokens in the order

10\. **Infographics** (described below)

11\. Position´s **Grid Number**

12\. Order price **editing**

13\. Order price **editing (unfulfilled order)**

14\. Order execution **progress** in %

15\. **Virtual Order** Indicator. Trigger type is indicated after the colon:\
\- **ob** - order book\
\- **lp** (last price) - current price\
\- **1m, 5m etc**. - Candlestick trigger based on timeframe

16\. **Order volume** (= Quantity x Price)

17\. Order creation **date and time**

18\. **Cancel** order

#### **Order infographic (10 items from the list above)**

<img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FVOuDaMTLvAmv6cBDRvtq%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=a50aff6d-a5a4-44af-b0ee-2c74d75adea8" alt="" data-size="line"> - Take profit

<img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FMshZYqkBgKLlWLqosh4T%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=c9bf0779-097f-4d89-a0b2-1d953d8677cf" alt="" data-size="line"> - Stop loss

<img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FvecBoj9CmRMncYiQIdlU%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=b6ff63bf-e387-4dd6-adf3-b0bfa67f52da" alt="" data-size="line"> - Order grid

<img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FFNQZ7S8BwR07n5Y89R4a%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=b6e761ce-c69f-4311-a251-0f043e22c9c3" alt="" data-size="line"> - Fibonacci grid

<img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2Fnobz3pwdTf9bMZAyEZU7%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=822269cf-5194-4a13-a8b8-5369543143bc" alt="" data-size="line"> - Order Auto-cancellation upon a set timeout

<img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FYSMnxyCW1qOOTuPP7XEn%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=a8e952ae-0b2e-44db-99e5-4522dc757d82" alt="" data-size="line"> - Virtual order

<img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FPqMKAbRkBiGjnu5qXitU%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=36675865-9ff9-47ce-aadd-660c742c2c5e" alt="" data-size="line"> - Virtual order (candlestick trigger)

<img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FEILAobfcvuS4XNTeJN3a%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=8146b8e9-9332-49e8-8113-f6093083d939" alt="" data-size="line">- Virtual order (order book trigger)

<img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2F2TyhqgldiV9bOIhfCZld%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=3c7e19d9-e53d-4c81-8186-fb9b56189622" alt="" data-size="line"> - Trailing buy/sell

<img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2F8dtt3MCQKstSnZun3zBc%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=caf7a326-3d89-4bb0-837c-63cd128df7b3" alt="" data-size="line"> - Floating buy/sell order

### Signal log

The signal log displays information about all incoming signals. More details are described at the link:

{% content-ref url="/pages/dviQ3eC0uecanpSXpJMR" %}
[Signal log](/interface/signal-log)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## 4. Right-side chart tabs

### Currency pair tickers, Favorites

{% content-ref url="/pages/HwoUd14G1stEB5mkdBjW" %}
[Market (currency pairs)](/interface/blocks/tickers)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### Order book, favorite currency pairs

{% content-ref url="/pages/vxkJogOPM7kIHijSuZ3z" %}
[Order book](/interface/blocks/order-book)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### Notifications

{% content-ref url="/pages/9DFVFVJXX30obMpOc55y" %}
[Notifications](/interface/blocks/notifications)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## 5. Right vertical block

### Order creation panel

{% content-ref url="/pages/G8tsWkyA4VpTZOl7PTTn" %}
[Create order/grid](/)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### Position settings, templates, order auto-cancellation

{% content-ref url="/pages/v76HV6YODUiQyb75Pe1u" %}
[Position settings](/interface/blocks/settings)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### Switching profiles

Quickly switch between added account profiles using the Profiles block.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FhkPXQlczalsBophNsLwS%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=03e1a1bc-9519-4ac1-8ba2-4c6f0c467a30" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Balances

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FmtOhq5HybZFWUEhn5BE7%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=e6cd951b-b0dd-41ef-ad4a-01da81eace1f" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
You can move and sort blocks 4 and 5 using the mouse, as shown in the screenshot below:
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/060f2bd0-f118-4919-9a10-fb33c1e1656c/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 6. Pop-up notifications

Messages related to various events such as order creation, execution, errors, and system operation issues, appear in pop-up windows located at the bottom right of the screen.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/9bf40af9-231d-43a9-b357-80f6cd045c30/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Clicking on a message shows its details.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/719e204e-fb1c-4731-a3b0-2f670d6161f8/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Notification center on the chart's right side stores all messages.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/ebdc6094-eafb-4f00-bb7e-b457f96ce450/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat .**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Chart

✔ Learn how to use charts on the Finandy platform: setting up timeframes, indicators, and scaling. A detailed guide to TradingView chart functions and tools.

## Info block above chart

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/cd6b0f6e-1945-4ddd-8e2a-f49a08b2c481/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Current price
2. 24h trading volume for selected pair on chart
3. 24-hour price change in absolute value and in %
4. 24-hour maximum value
5. 24-hour minimum value
6. Funding, if Futures Market is selected
7. Token balances for selected pair
8. Add/remove selected pair from favorites using the button
9. Selected currency pair icon

## Chart&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/79466b4d-618d-456e-9055-be6136e6aee8/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Chart toolbar**. \
   TradingView provides the chart widget, which automatically saves drawn lines every 10 seconds. \
   Changes are only saved in the active tab.
2. **Current pair name** on the chart. \
   Clicking on the name opens a dialog to select a different currency pair.
3. **Interval** (timeframe or candlestick size) for selected pair.\
   You can set the interval by entering numbers from the keyboard.
4. **Chart type**. \
   Bars, Japanese candles or just lines.
5. **Indicators**. \
   You can add standard indicators to the chart by clicking on the name and accessing the library, which is different from the official TradingView website.
6. **Chart settings**. \
   Candlestick colour settings and other custom settings.
7. **Expand the chart to full screen.**
8. **Take a chart´s screenshot.**
9. **Hide/Show** orders on chart.

10\. [**Stop Loss**](/trading/stop-loss)[ **order**](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/stop-order) (SL).

**11.** [**Position level.** ](/settings/settings/trading/position-price-calculation)\
Breakeven, including entry and exit fees, is calculated by default. The example shows a Short position.

12\. [**Take Profit**](/trading/take-profit)[  **order**](/trading/take-profit) (TP).&#x20;

**13. Average execution price of all TP orders.**

**14. Currency pair current price.**

**15.** **Price scale**. \
To change the chart scale vertically, hold down the left mouse button and drag up or down. To change it horizontally, scroll the mouse wheel on the chart. To change it relative to the mouse cursor, hold down the **`CTRL`** button.

**16. Current time and time zone**. \
It is possible to change the time zone to your current one.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Position list

✔ Managing open and closed positions on the Finandy platform: search, filter, mass close and edit positions. A detailed guide to working with positions.

The position list is located under the chart in the **'Trading'** menu.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FrggjRDk1Ebn5SmL9u9f4%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=e90bf276-34ca-4537-83e3-e8a66e1a1bec" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Tab shows total open positions count.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2Fuv9V9crap4p6Nld0FVqG%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=206e9dd5-2da6-4c9e-9457-d02f5139df76" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Positions tab displays:

1. Open positions
2. Closed positions
3. All positions

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FTuAJ5U8v12dJIOCTU0SQ%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=1cf61839-40a5-4917-8526-9a5b6da99cfb" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Table header

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/976c38f1-ca2d-4362-a4ad-a1c56b69a985/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Search** by currency pair name
2. **Disabled** - all positions are displayed\
   **Enabled** - tab displays only executed positions, while hiding unrealized positions
3. **Total PnL** for all open positions
4. Statistics on opened Long and Short positions:\
   \- Positions Volume\
   \- Total position volume %\
   \- Number of positions\
   \- Total position %
5. **Bulk position closing panel**
6. **Hide/show** button for bulk operations panel
7. Select closing order type for position and bulk operations:\
   **M** - Market order\
   [**F** - Floating order](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/floating-order)

{% hint style="warning" %}
Attention!

Open positions are restricted to a **maximum of 80** currency pairs.

* In one-way mode, you can hold a maximum of 80 open positions.
* In hedge-mode, you can hold up to 160 open positions on 80 currency pairs.
  {% endhint %}

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c29732e1-78d8-4ec6-b001-3bd0fa7e0b69/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Position ID number**
2. **Account ID number**
3. Position direction: **LONG** or **SHORT**
4. **Crossed** - the entire wallet´s balance serves as collateral

   **Isolated** - Isolated position margin
5. **Leverage**
6. **Currency pair name**\
   Clicking on a pair name opens its chart for editing the position
7. **Number of tokens** in the position
8. **Stop Loss distance in %** from current price
9. **SL label** on position progress bar
10. [**Total position PNL**](/settings/settings/trading/position-pnl-calculation)
11. [**Position price**](/settings/settings/trading/position-price-calculation)
12. **Current currency pair price**\
    Updates every 2 seconds
13. **Position profit/loss indicator bar**
14. **PnL** in percentage
15. **% Distance to Take Profit** from Current Price
16. **Position volume**\
    \= Quantity x Price of current currency pair
17. **Collateral** (margin)
18. **Liquidation Price**
19. **Position opening time**
20. **Automation modules:**\
    [**Stop Loss (SL)**](/trading/stop-loss)\
    [**Trailing (SLX)**](/trading/trailing-stop)\
    [**Take Profit (TP)**](/trading/take-profit)
21. **Close position button**

If you have one-way mode enabled on Futures, a [position reversal](/settings/settings/trading/position-reversal) button is displayed to the left of the position close button (item 21).

## Position orders

Clicking outside a pair name displays the position's order list.

<figure><img src="/files/VMwjsevFm8fD0GQpWd4k" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Order number**
2. **Filled dot** indicates an unfulfilled real exchange order\
   **Empty dot** dot indicates an unfulfilled virtual order
3. **Red** - Sell\
   **Yellow** - sell, virtual order\
   **Orange** - Sell, executed order\
   **Green** - Buy\
   **Lime green** - Buy, virtual order\
   **Blue** - Buy, executed order\
   **Grey** - Cancelled order
4. <mark style="color:green;">**Mark up**</mark> - increase position\ <mark style="color:red;">**Mark down**</mark> - decrease position
5. **Order type**
6. **Order number** in the order grid
7. **Number** of tokens in the order
8. **Infographics** (described below)
9. **Order price**
10. Order price **editing**
11. Order execution **progress** in %
12. **Virtual Order** Indicator\
    **Trigger type** is indicated after the colon:\
    \- **ob** (order book) - order book\
    \- **lp** (last price)\
    \- current price - **1m, 5m etc.** - trigger by candlestick with specified timeframe
13. **Order executed**
14. **Order volume** (= Quantity x Price)
15. Order creation **date and time**
16. Order execution/cancellation **date and time**
17. **Cancel** order

### Order infographic (8 items)

<img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FVOuDaMTLvAmv6cBDRvtq%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=a50aff6d-a5a4-44af-b0ee-2c74d75adea8" alt="" data-size="line"> - Take profit\ <img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FMshZYqkBgKLlWLqosh4T%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=c9bf0779-097f-4d89-a0b2-1d953d8677cf" alt="" data-size="line"> - Stop loss\ <img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FvecBoj9CmRMncYiQIdlU%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=b6ff63bf-e387-4dd6-adf3-b0bfa67f52da" alt="" data-size="line"> - Order grid\ <img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FFNQZ7S8BwR07n5Y89R4a%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=b6e761ce-c69f-4311-a251-0f043e22c9c3" alt="" data-size="line"> - Fibonacci grid\ <img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2Fnobz3pwdTf9bMZAyEZU7%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=822269cf-5194-4a13-a8b8-5369543143bc" alt="" data-size="line"> - Order Auto-cancellation upon a set timeout\ <img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FYSMnxyCW1qOOTuPP7XEn%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=a8e952ae-0b2e-44db-99e5-4522dc757d82" alt="" data-size="line"> - Virtual order\ <img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FPqMKAbRkBiGjnu5qXitU%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=36675865-9ff9-47ce-aadd-660c742c2c5e" alt="" data-size="line"> - Virtual order (candlestick trigger)\ <img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FEILAobfcvuS4XNTeJN3a%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=8146b8e9-9332-49e8-8113-f6093083d939" alt="" data-size="line">- Virtual order (order book trigger)\ <img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2F2TyhqgldiV9bOIhfCZld%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=3c7e19d9-e53d-4c81-8186-fb9b56189622" alt="" data-size="line"> - Trailing buy/sell\ <img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2F8dtt3MCQKstSnZun3zBc%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=caf7a326-3d89-4bb0-837c-63cd128df7b3" alt="" data-size="line"> - Floating order buy/sell

## Position price

Entry and exit fees are included in [the position price](/settings/settings/trading/position-price-calculation), and take profit, average, and stop loss prices are calculated based on this level.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/a3da6ca1-bd98-4d18-92b7-0920c32524dd/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Setting the position price calculation

{% content-ref url="/pages/kZFT7YHntmnBREeEaE44" %}
[Position price calculation](/settings/settings/trading/position-price-calculation)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Position actions

Clicking on currency pair name will open its chart.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FjntXDTpKjLlcakqT8IWe%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=2ab171e8-a859-465b-893e-c140b4341649" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Clicking anywhere else on the position line expands the order list.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/7d0a8d52-9e20-477e-b256-fb6e865705de/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Management buttons at end of position line:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c72606fa-a37c-4ccc-bec0-fe251d52112f/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Closing a position without creating a close order. This means any remaining tokens in the position will not be sold, and unfilled orders will be cancelled.
2. Close a position with a close order = the number of tokens in the position. Unexecuted orders will be cancelled.

If you have enabled one-way mode for futures, a [position reversal](/settings/settings/trading/position-reversal) button will be displayed to the left of the position closing button (item 2).

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Signal log

✔ Learn how to use the signal log on the Finandy platform to analyse incoming TradingView signals and actions. Detailed guide on how to work with signals and alerts.

The **Signal log** tab provides analysis of all incoming signals, displays the signal code and the notifications created from it.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/44983cee-b95d-4ee1-86fc-ebc59ac27108/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Received signal list
2. Signal details

## Signal list

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/ba9a3aac-2e2d-4211-b66d-e3c5c35e9382/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Signal ID
2. Action performed by the signal
3. Currency pair name (сlicking on currency pair name will open its chart)
4. Details and webhook name for the received signal
5. Received signal time

## Signal Details

Clicking on the signal line anywhere other than the currency pair name will open the details.

### Information

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FWYZk6opanZTDtYOu3J09%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=b8f1dff7-5d7e-4b68-b6bf-594ec1d587ee" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1\. Hook ID

2\. Hook name

3\. Signal action details

4\. View order created by the signal

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/094ffdad-429d-4f75-ba0b-da59e743b5b7/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5\. Server IP address from received request

### Message

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/86b01770-c797-4a2b-826f-496730059de9/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Received signal message

### Configuration

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/419f65b0-41e1-4711-bb64-31a0a9525ba8/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Order configuration from Finandy webhook settings.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Other blocks

✔ Here you will learn how to move and configure blocks in the Finandy interface to optimise your workspace. A detailed guide to working with the different blocks in the interface.

These blocks can be moved using the mouse to designated areas highlighted in red.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/29df873f-1e94-48bf-8234-686b2e779019/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% content-ref url="/pages/v76HV6YODUiQyb75Pe1u" %}
[Position settings](/interface/blocks/settings)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/HwoUd14G1stEB5mkdBjW" %}
[Market (currency pairs)](/interface/blocks/tickers)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/vxkJogOPM7kIHijSuZ3z" %}
[Order book](/interface/blocks/order-book)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/9DFVFVJXX30obMpOc55y" %}
[Notifications](/interface/blocks/notifications)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Position settings

✔ Here you will learn how to set up positions on the Finandy platform: hedging mode, isolated margin, changing margin leverage, automatic order cancellation and customisation templates.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FSeupEP58PHgBGx5p2m7k%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=98cee891-ff5e-41c8-a972-d68034cda883" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1\. You can **drag** blocks up and down or move them to the right of the chart.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/07882517-40e7-40e4-883b-84e52b67fd19/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. **Collapse/Expand** block.
3. If **Hedge Mode is enabled,** you are able to open both long and short positions on the same currency pair. \ <mark style="color:red;">**Attention:**</mark> Hedge mode can only be enabled if there are no open positions.
4. **C** (Cross) - The entire wallet balance serves as collateral.\
   **I** (Isolated) - Isolated margin (collateral) for each position separately.
5. **Leverage**\
   The higher the leverage, the greater the risk of liquidation. It is used to determine the margin requirement. For example, with leverage of 5x and an order amount of 100, the margin requirement would be 20.
6. Раnel [**settings templates**](/trading/settings-templates) for order creation.
7. **Automatic order cancellation** after a specified time interval from its creation.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Market (currency pairs)

✔ Learn how to manage a block of trading instruments on the Finandy platform: add to favourites, filter, sort and search by name. Detailed guide to working with currency pair tickers

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/fc9885a8-b118-4dd8-9807-745f852bfa65/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1\. You can drag the block up and down or move it to the right of the chart.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/d29387c7-eaf9-4d2f-aa8e-d6a90ed7b181/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. **Hide / Show** Block.
3. **Favorite** currency pairs list.
4. **Currency pair** filter.
5. **Search** by currency pair name.
6. Sort items by clicking on the header:\
   \- by descending/descending **name**\
   **-** by descending/descending **price**\
   **-** by descending/descending **volume**\
   **-** by **24-hour price change** (descending/ascending)
7. **Add/remove from Favourites button.**
8. Currency pair **price.**
9. Trading **volume** over 24 hours.
10. **Price change** in % over 24 hours.

{% hint style="info" %}
If the tab is clicked, it will collapse and the chart will expand to full width.&#x20;

If you click again, the tab will expand.
{% endhint %}

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Order book

✔ Learn how to use the order book on the Finandy platform: displaying buy and sell orders, inserting prices from the stack into the order form. Detailed guide on how to work with the order book.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/5d403d80-80db-46ae-ac6e-bdb750343c37/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Expand the drop-down menu to select block options:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/6144379c-c865-46ff-8f23-20f05f930baf/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Order Book
* Favorites
* Order Book + Favorites

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/63cf1da0-4130-4c8f-b4e7-4044e18a7e5e/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* The top (red) section of the order book is for sell orders
* The middle section displays the last price of the executed order
* The lower (green) section of the order book is for buy orders

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c4696b4e-08f8-49de-be70-e5cfe6f20272/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Order book row click inserts price into order panel.

{% hint style="info" %}
If the tab is clicked, it will collapse and the chart will expand to full width.&#x20;

If you click again, the tab will expand.
{% endhint %}

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Notifications

✔ A detailed guide to working with notifications. Learn how to manage notifications on the Finandy platform: filtering, message detailing and page navigation.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/91c22d36-ca6d-4a4d-8031-b62b861ca6b4/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1\. You can **drag** the block up and down or move it to the right of the chart.

<figure><img src="/files/pMH7oEZaUa93l7QoNxeq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. **Hide/Show** block
3. **Filter** for notification type
4. View message details by clicking on it
5. Page navigation

{% hint style="info" %}
If the tab is clicked, it will collapse and the chart will expand to full width. If you click again, the tab will expand.
{% endhint %}

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# TradingView Signals

✔ Detailed TradingView signal connection guide. Learn how to use TradingView signals from an indicator or strategy to automatically create orders on Binance, OKX, Finandy.

<figure><img src="/files/7dS3W0nfbgsk2nKuwgXm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Order creation in Finandy service is possible not only through the web interface, but also via signals from Tradingview service and any server configured to send POST requests.

All received signals are displayed within the "**Signals"** tab located in the "**Trading"** menu under the Chart.

{% content-ref url="/pages/dviQ3eC0uecanpSXpJMR" %}
[Signal log](/interface/signal-log)
{% endcontent-ref %}

Topics:

{% content-ref url="/pages/GNzVxunESEjgDbZrKUNP" %}
[Signal interface](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/t8KjLCp2ejORuKa3wUIp" %}
[Signal testing](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/signal-testing)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/qmiUYoGyAjQC1pLV9Dqo" %}
[Signal copying](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/signal-copying)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/P2XfvhriT2A2epassia9" %}
[Update settings by signal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/update-settings-by-signal)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/YVf0dKIqOAUIukHmDR5O" %}
[{{Placeholders}}](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/placeholders)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/wrDwWedoUViW8c4NIOj3" %}
[Connection and configuration](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/connection-and-configuration)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/ybRGbpp4GYjTfOXcWQxV" %}
[FAQ](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/faq)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Signal interface

✔ Learn how to set up and use the signals interface on the Finandy platform: connecting new signals, basic settings, testing signals and managing TradingView signals.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KvtYvAZfOs4>" %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
TradingView signals require a paid subscription on [TradingView.com](http://tradingview.com/).&#x20;
{% endhint %}

## Common interface

The general interface of TradingView signals consists of the following items:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/cae064de-0304-411c-9f71-05cebc5cd564/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Create new signal (web hook)
2. Sorting signal list
3. Signal list
4. Main settings and test signal
5. Position opening settings for signals
6. Position averaging (adding) settings for signals
7. Position closing settings for signals
8. Stop Loss (SL) settings
9. Trailing settings (SLX)
10. Take Profit (TP) settings

## Main signal settings

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/27f8793d-1278-488c-9fa4-e713e7894f10/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Save changes button.**\
   Green highlighting indicates new changes in signal settings.
2. **Copy** signal settings.
3. **Paste** signal settings from clipboard.\
   Browser permission may be needed to paste from clipboard.
4. **Delete** hook.
5. **Enabled / Disabled** message reception for this signal (webhook). \
   This option is also in signal list.
6. **Connected signal name.** Displayed in signal list.
7. **Currency pair name.**\
   TradingView lets you specify `"{{ticker}}"` as a placeholder, and it will be automatically replaced with the currency pair name.
8. **Buy / Sell.**\
   This is a mandatory field in the signal message.\
   Modify '`buy`' or '`sell`' text in the signal message to create an order, as the terminal always accepts this parameter from the message.\
   `Strategy` is selected when the signal uses TradingView strategy.
9. **Signal message.**\
   A set of parameters that will be accepted from the signal message when creating an order, not from the terminal settings.
10. **Signal URL.**\
    Finandy creates orders based on the signals sent to this URL.
11. [**Test connected signal settings.**](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/signal-testing)
12. **Open positions list.**
13. **View received signal log.**
14. **Signal source.**\
    **TradingView / Server** - signal source is TradingView or your server.\
    [**Master signal (Master hook)**](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/signal-copying) signal source is a Master signal (Master hook) created in Finandy.
15. **Allowed IP.**\
    By default, signals are only accepted from TradingView servers. If you are setting up signal reception from your server, you need to add its IP address.\
    If you specify **0.0.0.0/0**, IP restrictions will be removed, but we do not recommend using this permanently, only for testing, as it reduces the security of your trading.
16. **Master hook.**\
    Activate this option if you need to copy the signal to other users.\ <mark style="color:red;">Attention!</mark> With this option active, orders will not be created. If you need to create orders in your account, add another signal receiver and specify this Master hook as the source.

Other signal settings tabs description:

{% content-ref url="/pages/hpz4pI2D7t0le5ODbu44" %}
[Open position](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/open)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/9oZQq8WItDZvUB4V5199" %}
[Averaging (DCA)](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/dca)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/E5BT4ELOLIVf9wbQYyGk" %}
[Close / Reverse](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/close)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/3pN2oWUzpeyFdtWx9LGv" %}
[Trailing (SLX)](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/trailing)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/i4i4L3x8qfaWIP4CKeMI" %}
[Stop Loss (SL)](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/stop-loss)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/d1Kd7G5fxcJU4106VXim" %}
[Take Profit (TP)](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/take-profit)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Open position

✔ Learn how to buy or sell with TradingView signal on Binance, OKX, Finandy: order parameters, order types, option management and restrictions. Instructions on how to open a position.

## Order/Grid opening settings

<figure><img src="/files/be2TxQsMiu2EzY41cfd0" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 1. Enabled / Disabled

Enabling this option creates a position based on the received signal. If a position is already open, the '[**Averaging**](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/dca)' and '[**Closing**](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/connection-and-configuration/closing-position)' settings are used.

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Attention!** \
Open positions are restricted to a **maximum of 80** currency pairs.

* In one-way mode, you can hold a maximum of 80 open positions.
* In hedge-mode, you can hold up to 160 open positions on 80 currency pairs.
  {% endhint %}

### 2. Single Order / Grid Order

Learn more about Grid parameters:

{% content-ref url="/pages/q2IusYy13W92ofUDXj5W" %}
[Broken mention](broken://pages/q2IusYy13W92ofUDXj5W)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### 3. Real / virtual order

**R** - real orders. Order sent to the exchange.

**V** - virtual orders. Order is created in terminal and only sent to the exchange when activation conditions are met.

{% content-ref url="/pages/sBnlfIgicPT9mSAJT4kW" %}
[Virtual order](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/virtual-order)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### 4. Order Amount / Volume

<figure><img src="/files/UXggaxKCUtxIIP9Rtk92" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Amount**\
  Specify the token quantity (contracts) for the created order in the right-hand field.\
  For example, if you enter <mark style="color:green;">**100**</mark> for **XRPUSDT**, an order for <mark style="color:green;">**100 XRP**</mark> will be placed.
* **Volume**\
  Order quantity (volume) is specified.\
  For example, entering <mark style="color:green;">**0.01**</mark> for **LTCBTC** pair will place an order with a volume of <mark style="color:green;">**0.01 BTC.**</mark>
* **Volume, USD**\
  Order quantity (volume) is specified in dollars.\
  For example, if <mark style="color:green;">**100**</mark> is specified for the **LTCBTC** pair, an order with a volume equivalent to <mark style="color:green;">**$100**</mark> will be created.
* **Full Balance, %**\
  Orders are created based on a percentage of the total balance.(wallet balance + position volume + position PnL).\
  For example, with <mark style="color:green;">**1000 USDT**</mark> in the wallet, <mark style="color:green;">**2000 USDT**</mark> in positions, a PnL of <mark style="color:green;">**100 USDT**</mark> and a specified 10% balance, the order will be created for (1000 + 2000 + 100) x 10 / 100 = <mark style="color:green;">**310 USDT.**</mark>

{% hint style="info" %}
The full balance includes all tokens in your account. For instance, if your wallet holds 100 BUSD and 100 USDT, the total balance would be 200.
{% endhint %}

* **Full Balance% х Leverage**\
  Just like in the previous example, but the obtained amount is multiplied by the leverage.\
  From the example above, with a leverage of **5x** the order amount would be <mark style="color:green;">**1550 USDT.**</mark>
* **Free Balance, %**\
  Orders are created based on a percentage of the available balance in the specified market. For example, with <mark style="color:green;">**500 USDT**</mark> in your wallet, <mark style="color:green;">**100 USDT**</mark> in positions, and a **10%** balance specification, the order will be created for an amount of (500 - 100) x 10 / 100 = <mark style="color:green;">**40 USDT.**</mark>
* **Free Balance % х Leverage**\
  Just like in the previous example, but the obtained amount is multiplied by the leverage. For example, using the data from the previous item and a <mark style="color:green;">**7x**</mark> everage, the order amount will be <mark style="color:green;">**40\*7=280 USDT.**</mark>
* **Strategy amount**\
  When this option is selected, the signal message will contain the placeholder **{{strategy.order.contracts}}**, and a checkbox on the left will be checked.

### **5. Order type**

{% content-ref url="/pages/cXejv4wxUqKYElCKBe9d" %}
[Order types](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### 6. Controlling options in the signal

To manage settings from signals, check the left box and save your changes.

<figure><img src="/files/gEO2f8ialikoDFkgXqWs" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In this example, the **order volume** is determined by the signal message.

To change the **Order Volume** to **500**, manually edit the value from **100** to **500** in the signal message and **Save**.

<figure><img src="/files/HokUI4vl9HWblyWV5dmy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Unchecking the left box next to option name in the Terminal and clicking "**Save**" applies the setting from the **Terminal**, even if the signal message code contains the option.

✅ If checked - option is applied from the received Signal message.

◻ If unchecked - option is applied from the Terminal settings.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/gqroxlSDQQ74ztH2UhAa" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Pro settings

### Martingale

If Martingale is activated,the new position's volume is the previous position multiplied by the specified **Multiplier** in case of a loss for this currency pair. If the previous position was profitable, the new position will be opened according to the opening settings.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/7dd11f85-f433-4051-9a18-0b49626164a4/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Martingale Factor

If the previous position closed with a loss, the volume of the order opening the position will be multiplied by the specified Multiplier.

#### Maximum volume to open an order, USD

If the volume of the opening order for a new position exceeds the specified value in USD, the position will not be created, and the webhook will be TURNED OFF. Once you re-enable the webhook, the Martingale will start again from the beginning, and the order will be created according to the opening settings.

#### Example

* Position opening volume = 40 USDT
* Max opening order volume: 100 USD
* Multiplier = 2
* Trading takes place on 1 currency pair, as the Martingale operates by default with 1 currency pair.

1. The first position is opened with 40 USDT as the opening settings.\
   **The position closed at a loss.**
2. Received a signal to open a position. Since the previous position was in a loss, the volume calculation is now activated using the Martingale formula:\
   The volume of the previous position x Multiplier = 40 x 2 = 80.\
   Next, the order volume is compared with the 'Maximum opening order volume' parameter. The system approves the order placement since the volume is within the allowed limit.\
   **The position closed with a profit.**
3. Received a signal to open a position. Since the previous position was profitable, the position is opened with 40 USDT. The Martingale is not activated, and the order volume remains the same.\
   **The position closed with a loss.**
4. Received a signal to open a position. Since the previous position incurred a loss, the volume calculation is enabled using the Martingale: 40 x 2 = 80.\
   Next, the order volume is compared to the parameter 'Maximum opening order volume.' The system approves the placement of the order since the opening order volume is less than the maximum.
5. Received a signal to open a position. Since the previous position was in a loss, the volume calculation based on Martingale is activated: 80 x 2 = 160.\
   Next, the order volume is compared with the parameter 'Maximum opening order volume.' The system prevents the order placement as the volume of the opening order is GREATER than the Maximum.\
   The connected signal (webhook) has been TURNED OFF.\
   Subsequent signals will be ignored from this point forward.
6. To continue trading, you need to manually ENABLE the webhook.\
   All incoming signals will follow the same scenario as described above, starting from step 1.

## Futures position settings

<figure><img src="/files/iBNqENRKpZk4MmLUi17j" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Crossed / isolated margin**\
   ◻ If disabled ("Cross"), the entire wallet balance serves as collateral.\
   ✅ If enabled ("Isolated"), an isolated margin is allocated for each position, and in the event of liquidation, only the allocated amount for that position is lost.
2. **Leverage**\
   Higher leverage increases the risk of liquidation. \
   Impacting collateral formation (margin).

## Limits

<figure><img src="/files/p5wBOVGqu1W8nDZViPfT" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 1. Position side

* **Both**\
  When a <mark style="color:green;">**buy**</mark> signal is received, a **LONG** position will be opened, and when a <mark style="color:red;">**sell**</mark> signal is received, a **SHORT** position will be opened. This is used for reversals.
* **Strategy** \
  The position opens based on your strategy's direction.
* **Long only**\
  Only **LONG** positions will be opened. Signals opening **SHORT** positions will be ignored.
* **Short only**\
  Only **SHORT** positions will be opened. Signals to open **LONG** positions will be ignored.

{% hint style="warning" %}
In <mark style="color:orange;">hedge mode</mark>, select "**Strategy**" for strategies and "**Long Only**" or "**Short Only**" for indicators.
{% endhint %}

Logic for processing the received signal to <mark style="color:green;">**BUY**</mark> with position side <mark style="color:blue;">**BOTH**</mark>

| **Position opening** | **Action**                                             |
| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ |
| No opened position   | Opening Long position                                  |
| Long                 | Averaging Long positions if allowed in signal settings |
| Short                | Close Short position if allowed in signal settings     |

Logic for processing the received signal to <mark style="color:red;">**SELL**</mark> with position side <mark style="color:blue;">**BOTH**</mark>

| **Position opening** | **Action**                                              |
| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------- |
| No opened position   | Opening Short position                                  |
| Long                 | Close Long position if allowed in signal settings       |
| Short                | Averaging Short positions if allowed in signal settings |

### 2. Order Auto-cancellation

After a specified time, the order will be canceled automatically.

### 3. Timeout

Time interval in minutes between position creation.&#x20;

The system ignores the signal if the time between closing the last position and the current signal is less than the specified timeout.

### 4. Maximum open positions

The position will not be opened if the total number of open positions exceeds the specified value.

Leave blank to remove the limit.

### 5. Max total position Volume, USD

The position will not be opened if total USD value of all open positions + opening order specified in the signal, exceeds the specified limit.

Leave blank to remove the limit.

### 6. Max open positions per hook

If the number of open positions created by this hook exceeds the specified value, the position will not be opened.

Leave blank to remove the limit.

### 7. Max open positions Volume per hook, USD

The position will not be opened if the total amount in USD of positions created by this hook + opening order, exceeds the specified value.

Leave blank to remove the limit.

### 8. Currency Pair Blacklist

Excluded currency pairs for position opening.&#x20;

Separate pair names with commas or paste as a list and click the green "plus" sign.

### 9. Currency Pair Whitelist

Permitted currency pairs for position opening.

Separate pair names with commas or paste as a list and click the green "plus" sign.

If the list is empty, positions can be created on any pair except those in the currency pair blacklist.

{% hint style="warning" %}
If a currency pair is listed in both the blacklist and the whitelist, signals for that pair will be ignored.
{% endhint %}

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat room.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Averaging (DCA)

✔ Instructions on how to increase a position. Learn how to buy (add to position) on TradingView signal on Binance, OKX, Finandy: order parameters, order types, option management and restrictions.

## Averaging order settings

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/805f337b-3e7c-402a-9246-d2729eb39ea7/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In a <mark style="color:green;">**LONG**</mark> positions, averaging is activated by a <mark style="color:green;">**buy ↑**</mark> signal., for example:

```
{
  "name": "Hook 196",
  "secret": "2ehiexig0r5",
  "side": "buy",
  "symbol": "{{ticker}}"
}
```

In a <mark style="color:red;">**SHORT**</mark> positions, averaging is activated by a <mark style="color:red;">**sell↓**</mark> signal, for example:

```
{
  "name": "Hook 196",
  "secret": "2ehiexig0r5",
  "side": "sell",
  "symbol": "{{ticker}}"
}
```

### 1. Enabled/ Disabled

If enabled, averaging order or order grid will be created upon signal reception.

### 2. Single order / grid order

Learn more about grid parameters:

{% content-ref url="/pages/q2IusYy13W92ofUDXj5W" %}
[Broken mention](broken://pages/q2IusYy13W92ofUDXj5W)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### 3. Real / virtual order

A real order is placed on the exchange.

A [virtual order](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/virtual-order) is created in terminal and only sent to the exchange when activation conditions are met.

### 4. Order Amount / Volume

<figure><img src="/files/SE0d4Ek5sL8TYsOrOgkY" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Amount**\
  Specify the token quantity (contracts) for the created order in the right-hand field.

  For example, if you enter <mark style="color:green;">**100**</mark> for **XRPUSDT**, an order for <mark style="color:green;">**100 XRP**</mark> will be placed.
* **Volume** \
  Order quantity (volume) is specified.\
  For example, entering <mark style="color:green;">**0.01**</mark> for **LTCBTC** pair will place an order with a volume of <mark style="color:green;">**0.01 BTC.**</mark>
* **Volume, USD**\
  Order quantity (volume) is specified in dollars.\
  For example, if <mark style="color:green;">**100**</mark> is specified for the **LTCBTC** pair, an order with a volume equivalent to <mark style="color:green;">**$100**</mark> will be created.
* **Full Balance, %**\
  Orders are created based on a percentage of the total balance.(wallet balance + position volume + position PnL). \
  For example, with <mark style="color:green;">**1000 USDT**</mark> in the wallet, <mark style="color:green;">**2000 USDT**</mark> in positions, a PnL of <mark style="color:green;">**100 USDT**</mark>, and a specified 10% balance, the order will be created for (1000 + 2000 + 100) x 10 / 100 = <mark style="color:green;">**310 USDT.**</mark>

{% hint style="info" %}
The full balance includes all tokens in your account. For instance, if your wallet holds 100 BUSD and 100 USDT, the total balance would be 200.
{% endhint %}

* **Full Balance% х Leverage**\
  Just like in the previous example, but the obtained amount is multiplied by the leverage. \
  From the example above, with a leverage of **5x** the order amount would be <mark style="color:green;">**1550 USDT.**</mark>
* **Free Balance, %**\
  Orders are created based on a percentage of the available balance in the specified market. \
  For example, with <mark style="color:green;">**500 USDT**</mark> in your wallet, <mark style="color:green;">**100 USDT**</mark> in positions, and a **10%** balance specification, the order will be created for an amount of (500 - 100) x 10 / 100 = <mark style="color:green;">**40 USDT.**</mark>
* **Free Balance х Leverage, %**\
  Just like in the previous example, but the obtained amount is multiplied by the leverage. \
  For example, using the data from the previous item and a <mark style="color:green;">**7x**</mark> leverage, the order amount will be <mark style="color:green;">**40\*7=280 USDT.**</mark>
* **Strategy amount**\
  When this option is selected, the signal message will contain the placeholder **{{strategy.order.contracts}}**, and a checkbox on the left will be checked.
* **Position volume, %**\
  Averaging quantity (volume) is based on a percentage of the current position. \
  If you specify 100, it will average the same amount currently open.
* **Position amount, %**\
  Averaging token quantity (contracts) is based on a percentage of the current position. \
  For instance, specifying 100 will average the same number of coins currently open.

### 5. Order type

{% content-ref url="/pages/cXejv4wxUqKYElCKBe9d" %}
[Order types](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### 6. **Controlling options in the signal**

{% content-ref url="/pages/OH8dyhZgmziplkK5VdCm" %}
[Controlling an option in the signal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/controlling-an-option-in-the-signal)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Limits

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/8f4e7547-0262-44cd-a443-af58e9f3ba64/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 1. Maximum position size

Averaging is skipped if signal's averaging amount + position's amount exceeds the specified value.

### 2. Maximum value

Activate the additional field to set a maximum position size from point 1.

Leave blank to remove the limit.

### 3. Averaging with open AC orders

<mark style="color:red;">**Disabling**</mark> this option <mark style="color:orange;">**prevents**</mark> averaging when there are unexecuted averaging orders in the position.

### 4. Order Auto-cancellation

After a specified time, the order will be canceled automatically.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat room.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Close / Reverse

✔ Learn how to close a position or sell on a TradingView signal on Binance, OKX, Finandy: order parameters, order types, option management and limitations. Customise position reversal

<figure><img src="/files/DRv3UKub8oI85jnIXnfU" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In a <mark style="color:green;">LONG</mark> position, the position is **closed** when a <mark style="color:red;">sell↓</mark> signal is received, for example:

```
{
  "name": "Hook 196",
  "secret": "2ehiexig0r5",
  "side": "sell",
  "symbol": "{{ticker}}"
}
```

In a <mark style="color:red;">**SHORT**</mark> position, the position is **closed** when a <mark style="color:green;">**buy↑**</mark> signal is received, for example:

```
{
  "name": "Hook 196",
  "secret": "2ehiexig0r5",
  "side": "buy",
  "symbol": "{{ticker}}"
}
```

{% hint style="warning" %}
The position will also be closed if TradingView strategy sends <mark style="color:blue;">**"positionSide": "flat"**</mark> instead of <mark style="color:green;">**long**</mark> or <mark style="color:red;">**short.**</mark>
{% endhint %}

## 1. Enabled

If enabled, upon receiving a closing signal, an order will be created to close the position.

{% hint style="warning" %}
When the left checkbox is selected, the value is sourced from TradingView signal, not the terminal settings. [Details ->](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/controlling-an-option-in-the-signal)
{% endhint %}

## 2. Order type

{% content-ref url="/pages/cXejv4wxUqKYElCKBe9d" %}
[Order types](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## 3.1 Partial position closing

Select "**Close/reverse by amount in signal**".

<figure><img src="/files/aEFjRF2digUd302zutV5" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

By using the drop-down menu, you can select the method for calculating the closing quantity in the order.

* **Open Amount + Position Amount**

  Used for [position reversal](#3.3.-position-reversal).
* **Amount**\
  Specify the token quantity (contracts) for the created order in the right-hand field.\
  For example, if you enter <mark style="color:red;">**100**</mark> for **XRPUSDT**, an order for <mark style="color:red;">**100 XRP**</mark> will be placed.
* **Volume**\
  Order quantity (volume) is specified.\
  For example, entering <mark style="color:red;">**0.01**</mark> for **LTCBTC** pair will place an order with a volume of <mark style="color:red;">**0.01 BTC.**</mark>
* **Volume, USD**\
  Order quantity (volume) is specified in dollars.\
  For example, if <mark style="color:red;">**100**</mark> is specified for the **LTCBTC** pair, an order with a volume equivalent to <mark style="color:red;">**$100**</mark> will be created.
* **Full balance %**\
  Orders are created based on a percentage of the total balance.(wallet balance + position volume + position PnL).\
  For example, with 1000 USDT in the wallet, 2000 USDT in positions, a PnL of 100 USDT, and a specified 10% balance, the order will be created for (1000 + 2000 + 100) x 10 / 100 = <mark style="color:red;">**310 USDT.**</mark>

{% hint style="info" %}
The full balance includes all tokens in your account. For instance, if your wallet holds 100 BUSD and 100 USDT, the total balance would be 200.
{% endhint %}

* **Full Balance% х Leverage**\
  Just like in the previous example, but the obtained amount is multiplied by the leverage. From the example above, with a leverage of **5x** the order amount would be <mark style="color:red;">**1550 USDT.**</mark>
* **Free Balance, %**\
  Orders are created based on a percentage of the available balance in the specified market.\
  For example, with <mark style="color:red;">**500 USDT**</mark> in your wallet, <mark style="color:red;">**100 USDT**</mark> in positions, and a **10%** balance specification, the order will be created for an amount of (500 - 100) x 10 / 100 = <mark style="color:red;">**40 USDT.**</mark>
* **Free Balance % х Leverage**\
  Just like in the previous example, but the obtained amount is multiplied by the leverage.\
  For example, using the data from the previous item and a **7x** leverage, the order amount will be \*\*40\*7= \*\*<mark style="color:red;">**280 USDT.**</mark>
* **Position volume, %**\
  A value between <mark style="color:red;">0</mark> and <mark style="color:red;">100</mark> is specified.\
  For instance, if you specify <mark style="color:red;">50</mark>, it will partially close the position by half.\
  If you specify <mark style="color:red;">100</mark>, it will completely close the position.
* **Position volume + balance %**\
  Used for [position reversal](#3.3.-position-reversal).
* **Position volume + (balance % x leverage)**\
  Used for [position reversal](#3.3.-position-reversal).

## 3.2. Total position closing

Select "**Close position completely**".

<figure><img src="/files/UDaslkejCnEei38W80Cj" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 3.3. Position reversal

{% hint style="info" %}
This option is only available for the Futures Market in one-way mode (non-hedging).
{% endhint %}

When enabled, upon receiving a closing signal, a reverse position will be created for either the signal quantity or the current position quantity.

{% hint style="warning" %}
When enabling position reversal, it is important to deactivate the hedge mode on the exchange and activate the one-way mode.
{% endhint %}

### By signal amount

When selecting this option, you can configure the amount for position reversal:

1. **Open amount + Position amount**\
   For example, if there is $**100** remaining in a position after a partial close, and the opening amount specified in the signal is $**500**, when the close signal is received, a $**600** order will be created. This order will close the current position and open a new position of $**500** in the opposite direction.
2. **Amount**\
   A reverse order will be created for the specified number of tokens (contracts). For example, if the <mark style="color:green;">LONG</mark> position in the **XRPUSDT** pair specifies **100**, it means that when a <mark style="color:red;">SELL</mark> signal is received, an order for **100 XRP** will be created to close the position.
3. **Volume**\
   A reversal order will be created for the specified amount. For example, if you have a <mark style="color:green;">LONG</mark> position in the **LTCBTC** pair and you specify **0.01**, a <mark style="color:red;">SELL</mark> signal will trigger an order to sell **0.01 BTC.**
4. **Volume, USD**\
   A reversal order will be created for the specified dollar amount. For example, if you specify **100** in the **LTCBTC** pair, an order will be created with a volume equivalent to **$100.**
5. **Balance, %**\
   A closing order will be created based on a percentage of the total balance, which includes (wallet balance + position volume + and position PnL).

   For example, with 1000 USDT in the wallet, 2000 USDT in positions, a PnL of 100 USDT, and a specified 10% balance, the order will be created for (1000 + 2000 + 100) x 10 / 100 = **310 USDT.**
6. **Balance % x Leverage**\
   Just like in the previous example, but the obtained amount is multiplied by the leverage.\
   From the example above, with a leverage of **5x** the order amount would be **1550 USDT.**
7. **Position amount, %**\
   When a signal is received, the position is closed based on the specified percentage.
8. **Position amount + balance %**\
   When a signal is received, the current position will be closed, and a new position will be opened based on a percentage of the balance.
9. **Position amount + (balance % x Leverage)**\
   When a signal is received, the current position will be closed, and a new position will be opened based on a percentage of the balance multiplied by the leverage.

### By position amount

When a signal is received, a reversal order will be created, which is equivalent to doubling the current position. This results in closing the current position and opening a new one with the same quantity.

<figure><img src="/files/caTQmvZR1zg13MHzMSyR" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Limits

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/980ff148-04d2-4d1d-9218-666aac566b1f/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Check profit

If enabled, unprofitable positions will remain open when the close signal is received.

## Bulk operations

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/89dc1a36-22d1-44d9-83f5-d84e0b8f3ca4/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Close ALL positions

If this parameter is enabled and a closing signal is received, all open positions in this market will be closed based on the **Limit/Position** settings:

* **Both**\
  Will close all positions on this market.
* **Only Long**\
  Will close all Long positions on this market.
* **Only Short**\
  Will close all Short positions on this market.

If a signal is sent with "`positionSide": "flat`", then all positions on that pair in that market will be closed. For example:

```
{
  "name": "Hook 72767",
  "secret": "dy2uuc5bih8",
  "side": "buy",
  "symbol": "XRPUSDT",
  "positionSide": "flat"
}
```

## Controlling options in the signal

{% content-ref url="/pages/OH8dyhZgmziplkK5VdCm" %}
[Controlling an option in the signal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/controlling-an-option-in-the-signal)
{% endcontent-ref %}

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat room.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Stop Loss (SL)

✔ Learn how to set a stop loss by TradingView signal on Binance, OKX, Finandy: stop loss levels, exact prices, order types and rearrangement of levels.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/de1486b3-9de6-4d73-b552-04a5ba55a786/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 1. Enabled

If enabled, a Stop Loss will be added when the position is opened.

### 2.1 Stop loss level as % of breakeven price

Stop loss order will be placed at % of the position's break-even price upon opening.

For example, if a **Long** position (including all entry and exit commissions) was opened at a price of **200** and a deviation of **3%** is specified (as in the screenshot at point 2), the SL will be placed at price = 200 x (100 - 3) / 100 = **194.**

### 2.2 Stop loss as % of average grid order price.

Upon opening a position, Stop Loss will be placed as a % of the average price of all grid orders. If only one order is placed, the Stop Loss will be based on that order's level.

### 3. Specific Stop Loss price

Exact Stop Loss order price is specified.&#x20;

To include this setting in the message code and transmit price by signal, check the box to the left. [Read more->](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/controlling-an-option-in-the-signal)

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/db3858d5-0578-48f5-adda-b17228012e50/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
If you specify both a percentage and an exact price, the Stop Loss order will be placed at the exact price, overriding percentage offset.
{% endhint %}

### 4. Order type

{% content-ref url="/pages/cXejv4wxUqKYElCKBe9d" %}
[Order types](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### 5. Level Reordering

If enabled, SL adjusts automatically after averaging position price, maintaining the same offset from position´s price as before.

### 6. Update settings per signal

{% content-ref url="/pages/P2XfvhriT2A2epassia9" %}
[Update settings by signal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/update-settings-by-signal)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### 7. Controlling an option on the signal

{% content-ref url="/pages/OH8dyhZgmziplkK5VdCm" %}
[Controlling an option in the signal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/controlling-an-option-in-the-signal)
{% endcontent-ref %}

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat room.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Trailing (SLX)

✔ Learn how to set stop loss trailing on TradingView signal on Binance, OKX, Finandy exchange: traditional price trailing, take profit trailing, settings and actions.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/06eabe06-52a3-4b94-b242-390ca98299a1/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Finandy service offers 2 trailing types:

* Trailing Stop Loss at trigger price (traditional trailing)
* Trailing Stop Loss at Take Profit

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/4c13d3b9-95c8-4979-89ae-9de7872bda2e/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Changing the stop-loss price manually while the SLX module is active will disable the SLX module.
{% endhint %}

## Currency price-based trailing

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/S3hulE0TjPU>" %}

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/f5b82264-9dad-43af-bfd5-076aa9be0541/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Trailing stop loss principles:

1. Currency pair price movement
2. Trailing stop repositioning
3. Trailing Trigger Points
4. Dynamic stop points
5. Stop loss activation

Settings:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/9d9558c9-f111-4ecc-b1d5-6db6e5beaed0/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 1. Place at Breakeven, %

Stop Loss is automatically set to breakeven price when specified profit percentage is reached.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Disabled if field is blank.
{% endhint %}

### 2. Breakeven offset, %

The Stop Loss order is placed at a certain offset percentage from the breakeven price upon trigger activation in step 1. This feature can increase potential profit when the position is closed by Stop Loss.

{% hint style="warning" %}
If this field is blank, SLX will place an SL order at break-even price when the trigger in step 1 is activated.
{% endhint %}

### 3. Trailing activation (tracking)

Specify profit percentage for Trailing Stop activation. Disables SL module if active.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Disabled if field is blank.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
For example, if **0.5** is specified for a long position with a price of **100**, Trailing will be activated when the price is above **100.5**.
{% endhint %}

### 4. Price offset trigger (callback rate)

Percentage gap between SL price and current currency pair price.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/e6f43960-71c3-4c10-888f-f149cb951663/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Currency pair price movements
2. **VARIATION**
3. Trailing stop activation
4. Dynamic stop points
5. Price movement controlled by SLX module for Stop orders
6. Position closing

Stop Loss follows the trend for <mark style="color:green;">**Long**</mark> positions when moving up and remains fixed when moving down.

For <mark style="color:red;">**Short**</mark> positions, the Stop Loss follows the trend when moving down and remains fixed when moving up.

### 5. Minimum repositioning step

Minimum percentage difference between current and new price required for Stop Loss movement when trigger is activated.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/067b915d-1184-4f26-86c7-e7b71ca1365b/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Currency pair price movement
2. Previous Stop Loss price
3. New Stop Loss price
4. Stop Loss relocation event
5. Minimum relocation step - distance equal to or greater than the minimum Stop Loss step

{% hint style="info" %}
SL variations occur discreetly, no more than **0.02%** of current price. \
For example, if a variation occurred at a price of **100**, the next variation will occur when the price reaches **100.02.**
{% endhint %}

### 6. Min. position volume

If position volume is below the specified value, Trailing will not be activated and SL will not be adjusted to Breakeven.

#### Example

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/d443f798-e274-4e42-afb3-a8bdcb7fc7bd/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In this example, **SLX** module will set the stop loss to breakeven or start trailing only if the position size is overs <mark style="color:blue;">**100.**</mark>

1\. Market buy for **50 USDT** volume.

| **PnL**                                | Position volume                             | Trailing |
| -------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | -------- |
| <mark style="color:red;">**0%**</mark> | <mark style="color:red;">**50 USDT**</mark> | -        |

2\. Currency pair price increased, and trailing failed to start as position size was lower than the specified value.

| **PnL**                                  | Position volume                             | Trailing |
| ---------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | -------- |
| <mark style="color:green;">**1%**</mark> | <mark style="color:red;">**50 USDT**</mark> | -        |

3\. Position averaged out, but trailing stop still inactive as profit has not reached the set trigger.

| **PnL**                                  | Position volume                                | Trailing |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | -------- |
| <mark style="color:red;">**0.4%**</mark> | <mark style="color:green;">**200 USDT**</mark> | -        |

4\. Currency pair price has increased and trailing has been activated.

| **PnL**                                    | Position volume                                | Trailing |
| ------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------- | -------- |
| <mark style="color:green;">**0.7%**</mark> | <mark style="color:green;">**200 USDT**</mark> | ✅        |

### 7. Trigger price

* **Current price -** follows currency pair current price.
* **Order book** - follows best bid/ask price in the order book. Protects against false price movements (squeezes).
* **Candle Timeframe** - SL is moved if candle's closing price deviates a certain percentage from the specified timeframe.

### 8. Order type

{% content-ref url="/pages/cXejv4wxUqKYElCKBe9d" %}
[Order types](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### 9. Action on #CA

When placing a SL at breakeven level, averaging orders will be canceled or remain unchanged.

| Parameter         | Description                                                                             |
| ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Disabled(default) | Averaging orders will remain active and NOT be canceled when the SLX module is enabled. |
| **Cancel #CA**    | All averaging orders will be cancelled when the SLX module is enabled.                  |

### 10. Update settings by signal

{% content-ref url="/pages/P2XfvhriT2A2epassia9" %}
[Update settings by signal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/update-settings-by-signal)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### 11. Controlling an option in the signal

{% content-ref url="/pages/OH8dyhZgmziplkK5VdCm" %}
[Controlling an option in the signal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/controlling-an-option-in-the-signal)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Trailing based on executed Take Profits

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/bhU3Vr2WaSI>" %}

The module creates or repositions a Stop Loss when a **Take Profit** order is executed on a position.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/99b29f46-95ab-4428-b3fa-2bfb1be0414a/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### **1.** Activation at BreakEven

When № Take Profit is executed, it moves to Break-even Point and continues to follow the executed Take Profit (if specified in set point #2).

For example, If you **activate Break-Even (BE)** at **1 TP** execution, the module will cancel current **Stop Loss (SL**) after the **first TP** is executed and set a **new SL** at the original break-even price.

### 2. Each TP

Once activated, each executed Take Profit will move Stop Loss closer to the trend based on table´s algorithm. If deactivated, Stop Loss will be set at break-even position´s price and will not be adjusted.

Assuming activation occurs from the second TP, the module will perform the same actions for any other TP that triggers it.

| **Event**          | Action                                                                                                               |
| ------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Executed **ТP #2** | **SLX** module cancels all existing **SLs** and sets a new **SL** at break-even price with the specified order type. |
| Executed **ТP #3** | Cancels current **SL**, and set new **SL** at executed **TP** #1 price.                                              |
| Executed **ТP #4** | Cancels current **SL**, and set new **SL** at executed **TP** #2 price.                                              |
| etc                | ...and so on.                                                                                                        |

### 3. Order type

{% content-ref url="/pages/cXejv4wxUqKYElCKBe9d" %}
[Order types](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### 4. Action on #CA

When placing a SL at breakeven level, averaging orders will be canceled or remain unchanged.

| **Parameter**         | **Description**                                                                         |
| --------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Disabled**(default) | Averaging orders will remain active and NOT be canceled when the SLX module is enabled. |
| **Cancel #CA**        | All averaging orders will be cancelled when the SLX module is enabled.                  |

### 5. Check profit?

If enabled, SLX module will move the SL order only when there are profits in the position. If disabled, SLX module will move SL orders regardless of profit or loss.

### 6. Updating settings by signal

{% content-ref url="/pages/P2XfvhriT2A2epassia9" %}
[Update settings by signal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/update-settings-by-signal)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### 7. Controlling an option in the signal

{% content-ref url="/pages/OH8dyhZgmziplkK5VdCm" %}
[Controlling an option in the signal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/controlling-an-option-in-the-signal)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Additionally

* SLX activation is performed relative to the breakeven level for the position, but without funding. In case of negative funding for a position, closing a position through the SLX module may result in a loss.\
  In the case of a long stay in a position, the influence of deduction/accrual for funding on the middle line is controlled by the trader independently.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat room.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Take Profit (TP)

✔ Learn how to set Take Profit on TradingView signal on Binance, OKX, Finandy: automatic creation after averaging, order types, number of orders and their distribution.

TP module creates one or more Take Profit orders automatically.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/2095abb0-3398-4b67-9c72-c00c869676ee/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can preview and move the Take Profit on the chart when creating a position.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=My3wiAEWGFo>" %}

The Take-Profit (TP) tab settings are presented below:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/270c471b-4018-4a21-8365-e521a2abaeaa/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 1. Enabled

Enabling this feature automatically adds one or more Take Profit orders upon opening a position.

## 2. Order type

{% content-ref url="/pages/cXejv4wxUqKYElCKBe9d" %}
[Order types](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## 3. Number of orders

User sets the number of Take Profit orders.

Combining the **SLX** module with multiple TP orders can optimize profits while adjusting **Stop Loss** based on **executed TP's**.

{% content-ref url="/pages/3pN2oWUzpeyFdtWx9LGv" %}
[Trailing (SLX)](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/trailing)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## **4.** Price offset/ fixed price

* **Price offset, %.**\
  Take profits will be placed at a distance specified in % from the position price.
* **Fixed Price**\
  Take profits will be placed at specified prices.

## 5. Order price or price offset in %

Fixed price or % offset for Take Profit determined by choice in item 4.

## 6. Order distribution by token number as %

Token quantities are evenly distributed by default.

## 7. Level reordering

* #### ✅ Enabled

  After averaging, **TP** orders will be cancelled and new ones will be created with an increased quantity at the same distance as before averaging.
* ‌🚫 Disabled

  After averaging, **TP** will be canceled and new TP orders will be created with an increased quantity at the same price as before averaging.

### TP reordering example:

1. A **Long** position had one **TP** order at **+1%** level from its price, prior to averaging.
2. After averaging, the position price dropped, and **TP** distance increased by **3%.**
3. The system cancels previous **TP** order and creates a new one with an increased quantity, bringing the distance to position level back to **+1%**, as before averaging.

## 8. Updating settings by signal

{% content-ref url="/pages/P2XfvhriT2A2epassia9" %}
[Update settings by signal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/update-settings-by-signal)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## 9. Controlling an option from a signal

{% content-ref url="/pages/OH8dyhZgmziplkK5VdCm" %}
[Controlling an option in the signal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/controlling-an-option-in-the-signal)
{% endcontent-ref %}

**Any questions? We can help in our Telegram chat room.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Connection and configuration

✔ Learn how to connect and configure TradingView signals in Finandy: ready-made settings, opening, averaging, closing and reversing positions. Detailed setup guide.

Find pre-made setups to use in this section.

1. To receive signals from TradingView in Finandy, complete the setup process:

{% content-ref url="/pages/9LVPQcfnDEG4fKMSozuD" %}
[Connecting the TradingView indicator or strategy to Binance / OKX](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/connection-and-configuration/indicator-strategy-connection)
{% endcontent-ref %}

2. Customize Finandy signal operation to:

{% content-ref url="/pages/NZzn1kiMHi9SQXMFK7VK" %}
[Position opening](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/connection-and-configuration/position-opening)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/J2y8mQet3v3tDHvYWZhg" %}
[Position Averaging](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/connection-and-configuration/position-averaging)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/Ng67VuqO984g7l7WbTvM" %}
[Position Closing](/settings/settings/trading/position-closing)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/R6kD8xW27LdCBn19QGou" %}
[Position Reversal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/connection-and-configuration/position-reversal)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Connecting the TradingView indicator or strategy to Binance / OKX

✔ Learn how to connect TradingView indicators and strategies to Finandy: setting up signals, connecting webhooks, automated trading on Binance. Detailed integration guide.

Connecting **TradingView** signals differs based on source type: strategy or indicator.

Two signals need to be created on **TradingView** platform for [**indicators**](#indicator), as they can only send a single **Buy** or **Sell** signal.

А [**strategy** ](#strategy)can send both **Buy** and **Sell** messages  in 1 signal.

**Finandy** requires only **1 connection** to receive signals for both buying and selling, and place the corresponding orders on Binance or Finandy exchange. Follow our visual guide to connect your TradingView indicator or strategy to Finandy and trade automatically.

## How to connect TradingView Indicator to Binance/OKX?

{% hint style="info" %}
In **Finandy**, a single connection receives **TradingView** signals for both buying and selling.
{% endhint %}

### **Finandy Setup**

Create a signal connection (webhook) in Finandy.

<figure><img src="/files/kVLgzyNmRY6j1rcwyX96" alt="" width="250"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Copy **URL** and **Signal message**.

<figure><img src="/files/pDxrfwnMI41gdjost1vD" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### TradingView Setup

{% hint style="info" %}
Remember that a signal is specific to a certain timeframe, such as the 5-minute chart for a currency pair.
{% endhint %}

#### Buying

Click the button to create new signal.

<figure><img src="/files/0ub4lS0TEKPnaLo07mzM" alt="" width="353"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Select chart's indicator
2. Select <mark style="color:green;">**BUY**</mark> signal condition
3. Name the signal, for example, "**ETHUSDT buy"**
4. Paste **Message** from **Finandy** settings

<figure><img src="/files/APuFf13ILVVcQmlcG0yv" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Switch to "**Notifications**" tab (1), paste **URL** (2) from Finandy settings, and click **Create** signal button (3).

<figure><img src="/files/tJ9oLFOAVqGQri0K5Lxl" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Selling

Click the button to create new signal.​

<figure><img src="/files/Q2mXUEO4F8kgw3RzpqMr" alt="" width="353"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Select chart's indicator
2. Select <mark style="color:red;">**SELL**</mark> signal condition
3. Name the signal, for example, "**ETHUSDT sell**"
4. Paste **Message** from **Finandy** settings
5. Change **message**

```
"side": "buy",
```

to

```
"side": "sell",
```

<figure><img src="/files/LpgKBqZi1HRv9EP7Mw54" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Switch to "**Notifications**" tab (1), paste **URL** (2) from Finandy settings, and click **Create** signal button (3).​

<figure><img src="/files/rh78IkYPH4h1k5c5c7m8" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## How to connect TradingView Strategy to Binance/OKX?

### Finandy setup

Create a signal connection (webhook) in Finandy.

<figure><img src="/files/xoNPpQMA1GTk1vYIJQZY" alt="" width="250"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Set "**PositionSide: Strategy**" (1) and "**OrderSide: Strategy**" (2) as shown in the image and **Save** (3).

<figure><img src="/files/A9optZLJsRf9KY5snkBd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Copy **URL** and **Signal** message.​​

<figure><img src="/files/ee0I7UBHb92HvJYcZcfC" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### TradingView Setup

Click button to a create signal.

<figure><img src="/files/jQobEuepdoRx6IohfJ50" alt="" width="530"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Select the strategy added to chart
2. Name signal, for example, "**ETHUSDT. Strategy**"
3. Paste **Message** from **Finandy** settings

<figure><img src="/files/pa9ZRKj5tg2R2y9lo5nN" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Switch to "**Notifications**" tab (1), paste **URL** (2) from Finandy settings, and click **Create** signal button (3).

<figure><img src="/files/4dZCJeVAm41nIWmM67rC" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Any questions? We can help in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Position opening

✔ Learn how to set up opening positions based on TradingView signals in Finandy terminal: setting up the order amount, minimum requirements and limitations. Detailed guide to opening positions.

If your TradingView signal is not yet connected to Finandy terminal, please follow these instructions:

{% content-ref url="/pages/9LVPQcfnDEG4fKMSozuD" %}
[Connecting the TradingView indicator or strategy to Binance / OKX](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/connection-and-configuration/indicator-strategy-connection)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Finandy setup

1. Edit order amount.
2. Save changes.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/25e4d3d6-4ad1-451e-84a0-8d12201ebea2/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**WARNING!** Restrictions apply to minimum amount and quantity when creating an order.&#x20;

Minimum order size is 10 USDT for spot market and 5 USDT for futures market.&#x20;

For more information on order sizes in the futures market, see [→​](https://www.binance.com/en/support/faq/usd%E2%93%A2-margined-futures-contract-specifications-360033161972)
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="danger" %}
**IMPORTANT**!&#x20;

You don't need to click on the empty squares beside the order amount.&#x20;

This is required for advanced trading options. [Learn more →](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/controlling-an-option-in-the-signal)\
&#x20;​​**​**![](https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/a0c0f107-90d0-465a-b6d2-f5e029e564eb/image.png)
{% endhint %}

Learn more about opening orders:

{% content-ref url="/pages/hpz4pI2D7t0le5ODbu44" %}
[Open position](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/open)
{% endcontent-ref %}

**Do you have any questions? Let us help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Position Averaging

✔ Learn how to set up position averaging using TradingView signals in Finandy terminal: order activation, amount setting and minimum requirements. Detailed guide to position averaging.

If your TradingView signal is not yet connected to Finandy terminal, please follow these instructions:

{% content-ref url="/pages/9LVPQcfnDEG4fKMSozuD" %}
[Connecting the TradingView indicator or strategy to Binance / OKX](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/connection-and-configuration/indicator-strategy-connection)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Finandy Setup

1. Open "**Averaging**" tab.
2. Enable order averaging for position.
3. Edit order amount.
4. Save changes.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/8d0bfebf-1d16-4046-953a-d325c6116514/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**WARNING!** Restrictions apply to minimum amount and quantity when creating an order.

&#x20;Minimum order size is 10 USDT for spot market and 5 USDT for futures market.&#x20;

For more information on order sizes in the futures market, see ​​[→](https://www.binance.com/en/support/faq/usd%E2%93%A2-margined-futures-contract-specifications-360033161972)
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="danger" %}
**IMPORTANT**!&#x20;

You don't need to click on the empty squares beside the order amount.

This is required for advanced trading options. [Learn more →](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/controlling-an-option-in-the-signal)

[ ​​](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/controlling-an-option-in-the-signal)![](https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/124cdc03-4efc-434e-a71f-fc6875571d12/image.png)
{% endhint %}

Learn more about averaging order set up:

{% content-ref url="/pages/9oZQq8WItDZvUB4V5199" %}
[Averaging (DCA)](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/dca)
{% endcontent-ref %}

**Do you have any questions? We can help in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Closing Position

✔ Detailed guide to closing positions. Learn how to set up closing positions based on TradingView signals in Finandy terminal: action selection, order setup and detailed guide.

If your TradingView signal is not yet connected to Finandy terminal, please follow these instructions:

{% content-ref url="/pages/9LVPQcfnDEG4fKMSozuD" %}
[Connecting the TradingView indicator or strategy to Binance / OKX](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/connection-and-configuration/indicator-strategy-connection)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Finandy setup

1. Open '**Close**' tab.
2. Select action '**Close position completely**'.
3. Save changes.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/13a30277-afd4-402c-9602-a722e97fc86c/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Learn more about closing order:

{% content-ref url="/pages/E5BT4ELOLIVf9wbQYyGk" %}
[Close / Reverse](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/close)
{% endcontent-ref %}

**Do you still have questions? Let us help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Position Reversal

✔ Learn how to set up position reversal using TradingView signals on Binance, OKX, Finandy: connecting signals, setting up reversal and detailed guide.

If your TradingView signal is not yet connected to Finandy terminal, please follow these instructions:

{% content-ref url="/pages/9LVPQcfnDEG4fKMSozuD" %}
[Connecting the TradingView indicator or strategy to Binance / OKX](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/connection-and-configuration/indicator-strategy-connection)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Finandy setup

By default, Finandy enables position reversal when creating a signal connection.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/7c5654d5-d994-486e-8fdf-8ccdff5fa94e/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Learn more about position reversal:

{% content-ref url="/pages/E5BT4ELOLIVf9wbQYyGk" %}
[Close / Reverse](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/close)
{% endcontent-ref %}

**Do you have any questions? Let us help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Hedging

✔ Learn how to set up hedging when creating an order based on TradingView signal in Finandy terminal: connecting indicators and strategies, position parameters and their settings.

## Indicator

{% hint style="danger" %}
In hedging mode, when setting the position type to "**Both**", the closing signal <mark style="color:red;">**will not**</mark> be recognized correctly.

​![](https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/f4c8a6ec-88cc-4b7a-b5e9-deac8c22c32f/image.png)
{% endhint %}

The indicator is designed for one-way mode only (without hedging).&#x20;

If hedging mode is enabled, specify "**Long Only**" or "**Short Only**" in the Position parameter.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/86f01231-df9c-42dd-9426-cdd68968b3bf/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Strategy

Set "**PositionSide: Strategy**" (1) and "**Order: Strategy**" (2) as shown in image and **save** (3).

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/50693727-828f-463d-b091-3adf21d1d34a/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? Let us help you in our Telegram chat room.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Signal processing logic

✔ Learn the logic of signal processing on the Finandy platform: position setup, buy and sell actions, averaging and reversal. Detailed guide to signal logic.

Position adjustment logic: **Both**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/6783a6d4-9cf4-4c2c-b4d2-6c21d8151da8/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Buy signal

```
"side": "buy",
```

| **Position opening** | **Action**                                                           |
| -------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| No opened position   | Open a **Long** position.                                            |
| Long                 | **Long** position averaging if allowed in signal settings.           |
| Short                | Close or reverse a **Short** position if allowed in signal settings. |

## Sell signal

```
"side": "sell",
```

| **Position opening** | **Action**                                                          |
| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| No opened position   | Open a **Short** position.                                          |
| Long                 | Close or reverse a **Long** position if allowed in signal settings. |
| Short                | **Short** position averaging if allowed in signal settings.         |

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Signal testing

✔ Learn how to test signals on the Finandy platform: sending test signals, setting up orders, solving problems. Detailed guide to testing TradingView signals.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c69bac3a-e127-46c2-ae8f-e895afc37f13/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Click to expand testing block.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c75b4d7f-cc22-4309-b5c6-70cde64e0826/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Send a signal to the terminal with specified settings
2. Open position list
3. Go to signal log

## **FAQ**

* [​How to send a buy and sell signal. Do I need to create 2 signal connections to do this?](#how-to-send-a-buy-and-sell-signal.-do-i-need-to-create-2-signal-connections-to-do-this)
* [The signals do not work when testing the strategy.​](#the-signals-do-not-work-when-testing-the-strategy.)
* [I send a signal and no order is created.​](#i-send-a-signal-and-no-order-is-created.)

### How to send a buy and sell signal. Do I need to create 2 signal connections to do this?

No, this is not necessary. To test, simply change **Buy** to **Sell** and press the **Send Signal** button (you do not need to save the signal).​​

<figure><img src="/files/zgF1gbsiYiWILaQXndbj" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Signals do not trigger when testing a strategy.

Position option in strategies uses the 'positionSide' placeholder.

```
"positionSide": "{{strategy.market_position}}"
```

Use "Long only" or "Short only" option during tests to emulate the direction substitution of the strategy.

<figure><img src="/files/BD39blI6w5hwTOhzLWa2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### I am sending a signal, but the order is not created.

There may be several reasons:

1. It is possible that you have configured the order or order grid in such a way that the exchange does not place them due to restrictions. For example, the order amount is less than the minimum allowed (on the Spot market it is 10 USDT, while on futures it is 5 USDT).
2. You have enabled the Master Hook function. In this mode, orders are only created for those connected to the Master Hook. In order for orders to be created, you need to create another hook and specify your Master Hook as the signal source.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Signal copying

✔ Learn how to copy Tradingview signals from indicators or strategy on Finandy platform: setting up Master hook mode, connecting to master hook, editing settings.

{% hint style="warning" %}
A signal connected in Master Hook mode does not create orders, but instead forwards the received signal to all connected hooks.
{% endhint %}

## 1. Enabling Master Hook Mode

Activate **Master hook** as shown in the screenshot below:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/bc903650-8ff4-4294-a7b9-c5f30b08d6e9/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Master Hook ID** will appear below the **Signal Message:**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/e5a5dfd9-7eb4-4e5c-bfb3-978784f6ec36/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Copy this **ID.**

## 2. Connecting to a Master Hook to copy signals

Create a new hook on the same or any other account and select **Master Hook as the Signal Source.**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/18f75f0b-db51-436c-9549-cd38bb2188e7/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The field to enter **Master Hook ID** will load below. Paste the copied (step 1) Hook ID into it.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/a3c423f9-b2e1-400f-8ee8-54e65871a703/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Settings for Webhook connected to Master

Signal orders will use the Master Hook's settings upon connection.

If you need to make changes to settings, such as changing the size of the created order, you need to:

1. Uncheck the box to edit
2. Modify
3. Save

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/90fd85c4-ad4c-49d7-a998-848acf7e186a/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Controlling an option in the signal

✔ Learn how to manage options in a signal on the Finandy platform: setting order parameters from the terminal and TradingView signal messages. Detailed guide on how to manage signal settings.

Orders are created based on Terminal settings and the received Signal message code.&#x20;

By default, order settings are taken from the saved Terminal settings, except for the currency pair and order direction (buy/sell).

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/ab1735e6-6cc0-47b2-89eb-4369ffe5cdc2/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you want the signal to be a <mark style="color:green;">**buy**</mark> signal, manually change the signal message to **`"side": "buy"`** in Tradingview signal settings.

<figure><img src="/files/5ja1yjET3XxWP7J3ajxJ" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you want the signal to be a <mark style="color:red;">**sell**</mark> signal, manually change the signal message to `"side": "sell`" in Tradingview signal settings.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/cff6ce78-0ba2-47e3-b2e2-0f2626392d37/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

​To manage the settings from the signal, you must check the box to the left of the header and save. The new message must be updated in the TradingView signal settings.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/0e3c2210-3297-42ae-b0af-b948df9a0fd9/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In this example, **Order Volume** will be managed from the Signal message.

If you need to change the **Order Volume** to **500**, manually edit the value from **100** to **500** in the signal message and **Save**.

<figure><img src="/files/nUwVG6yC4X05N45MZ4MO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Unchecking the option's box in the Terminal and clicking "**Save**" applies the setting from the **Terminal**, even if the signal message code contains the option.

✅ If checked - option is applied from the received Signal message.

◻ If unchecked - option is applied from the Terminal settings.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c3c4bf5e-b4d3-4e83-89fb-e83ca4f0b0ac/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Update settings by signal

✔ Learn how to update module settings by TradingView signals on the Finandy platform: sending signals with the 'update' parameter, updating take profit and other modules.

If you need to update the module settings in an open position, send a signal containing '**update': true** in the module signal message parameters.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/f98cf898-8822-460b-834e-84fe382bdc9e/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
If you need to update the module parameters and average the position, send two separate signals. One signal will update the module, and the other signal will average the position.
{% endhint %}

## Take Profit update example

* It is mandatory to activate `"update": true` in **TP** module configuration.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/1a34b1b8-a918-4178-af42-c98e2cb4aae8/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* To update by price - add the "<mark style="color:yellow;">`price`</mark>" parameter to Take Profit settings:

```
{
  "name": "Hook 123",
  "secret": "234",
  "side": "buy",
  "symbol": "XRPUSDT",
  "tp": {
    "orders": [
      {
        "price": "0.326"
      },
      {
        "price": "0.329"
      },
      {
        "price": "0.331"
      }
    ],
    "update": true
  }
}

```

* To update by percentage, insert the required percentage into "<mark style="color:yellow;">`ofs`</mark>" field and add the "<mark style="color:yellow;">`price`</mark>" parameter with empty data, for example:

```
{
  "name": "Hook 123",
  "secret": "234",
  "side": "buy",
  "symbol": "XRPUSDT",
  "tp": {
    "orders": [
      {
        "ofs": "2",
        "price": "",
        "piece": "33.3"
      },
      {
        "ofs": "3.0",
        "price": "",
        "piece": "33.3"
      },
      {
        "ofs": "4",
        "price": "",
        "piece": "33.4"
      }
    ],
    "update": true
  }
}

```

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# {{Placeholders}}

✔ Learn how to use placeholders to substitute variables into TradingView signal messages on the Finandy platform: general placeholders, placeholders for TradingView strategies.

Placeholders are used to replace variables in signal messages.

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th width="374">Общие плейсхолдеры</th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Common placeholders</strong></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><code>{{close}}</code></td><td>Signal price</td></tr><tr><td><code>{{ticker}}</code></td><td>Currency pair name</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Strategies</strong></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><code>{{strategy.order.action}}</code></td><td>Returns <strong>buy</strong> or <strong>sell</strong> based on order direction.</td></tr><tr><td><code>{{strategy.order.contracts}}</code></td><td>Returns the executed order's contract quantity.</td></tr><tr><td><code>{{strategy.order.price}}</code></td><td>Returns the order price</td></tr><tr><td><code>{{strategy.order.id}}</code></td><td>Returns the executed order ID</td></tr><tr><td><code>{{strategy.order.comment}}</code></td><td>Returns the executed order's comment, or <strong>strategy.order.id</strong> if there is no comment</td></tr><tr><td><code>{{strategy.market_position}}</code></td><td>Returns the strategy's current position as a string: "<strong>long</strong>", "<strong>flat</strong>" or "<strong>short</strong>"</td></tr><tr><td><code>{{strategy.market_position_size}}</code></td><td>Returns the current position size as an absolute value (non-negative number)</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat room.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Common errors

✔ Learn how to solve common errors when using signals on the Finandy platform: opening, averaging, closing and reversing positions. A detailed guide on how to fix the errors.

## Position fails to open

* Is there enough balance in marketplace wallet for the signal?

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FtqssdF6xG50Flv9m5XLh%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=05779b46-e42a-4c95-90ec-673b68d591e7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Order rejected if futures order uses wallet's entire margin.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FMudIxKxbP5pus2DNnJwl%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=c778dfa0-92d6-49df-ae3e-c93fac483484" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Disable **Master Hook** option if enabled.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2F1b6iRvo0ETtOkTwLL3fp%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=381635da-87d2-4359-bce6-6a321c983814" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Is the **open** tab inactive?

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FiaI8WiOImxiDXmfW8Gdf%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=98db65b7-10ba-43bb-af54-6723dcef4b44" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* If using an indicator, **Position** with **Strategy** setting won't work.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2Ftb7FdmDUcgAFpCf4eEWm%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=35c2743d-b30d-429b-9e97-93f6ae918bd8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Ensure that there is enough volume for all grid orders. \
  For example, in the screenshot, the order amount in the grid is 2 USDT (total sum = 10 divided by 20 orders), which is less than the minimum allowed volume.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FqEuaSqPiqfyLTF1yhRJC%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=d170cad4-c1a7-4685-87e0-694ba92b669b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Check if Futures leverage size is within the maximum allowable limit.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FTW8WWvZGne4U9ZaZHkzc%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=85d84ef7-2dd7-42a2-8158-16dc03b1c6eb" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Hedging mode must be enabled to open both **Long** and **Short** positions on the same pair simultaneously.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FhsXr6Dt8Hg5G88n8x8Wr%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=797d699b-88b0-4121-8dc6-dc888a9c33a7" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Verify if there is an existing position on the currency pair.
* Check **"positionSide"** parameter, if "positionSide" is "flat", no position will be opened. [Refer to signal log for details.](/interface/signal-log)
* Check **"positionSide"** parameter. If you have an indicator, rather than a strategy, the value should be "**Both**" or **"Long only"** or **"Short only"**.
* To ensure correct processing, it is recommended to add a timeout of at least 2 seconds between signals. This prevents two signals from arriving simultaneously.
* Check limits, you might have exceeded them.

<figure><img src="/files/ZhGSZv4mXJ5hAqfE2Zgm" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Deselect the checkbox next to the option name and ensure that its usage in the signal is correct. [Сontrolling an option in a signal.](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/controlling-an-option-in-the-signal)

<figure><img src="/files/L2b1VFQl24XXxtHU7gu7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Verify signal error in the [Signal Log](/interface/signal-log).

Learn more about opening positions:

{% content-ref url="/pages/hpz4pI2D7t0le5ODbu44" %}
[Open position](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/open)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Position not being averaged

Review solutions for issues listed above and additional averaging solutions:

* Сheck **DCA tab.** Must be activated.

<figure><img src="/files/dVuoxYta3wrEq8GzfUQz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* An open position on this pair is required.
* Check limits, you may have exceeded them.

<figure><img src="/files/ONerAuBLxIUFBVe20hsQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Learn more about DCA:

{% content-ref url="/pages/9oZQq8WItDZvUB4V5199" %}
[Averaging (DCA)](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/dca)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Position fails to close

Review solutions for issues listed above and additional position closing solutions:

* Check **Close tab.** Must be activated.

<figure><img src="/files/wnHgbUnIpR2H9vad4gSI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Ensure that a position reversal is not set up.

<figure><img src="/files/HSfp8ZR9KdLe8fXus9Dh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* If profit checking is enabled, position will not close if there is a loss.

<figure><img src="/files/FpE3IAe11Cquzov1KSqj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Learn more about position closing:

{% content-ref url="/pages/E5BT4ELOLIVf9wbQYyGk" %}
[Close / Reverse](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/interface/close)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Position fails to reverse

Review solutions for issues listed above and additional position reversal solutions:

* Check **Close tab.** Must be activated.

<figure><img src="/files/uK6psgTufeKIV2EJvvn7" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* If Hedge mode enabled, reverse will not work.

<figure><img src="/files/EoSRqZrIRJv18a1dfF0T" alt="" width="486"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* If profit checking is enabled, position will not reverse if there is a loss.

<figure><img src="/files/2lJKM7eRxwciRonQqoBP" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Learn more about position reversal:

{% content-ref url="/pages/Ng67VuqO984g7l7WbTvM" %}
[Position Closing](/settings/settings/trading/position-closing)
{% endcontent-ref %}

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat room.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# FAQ

✔ Answers to frequently asked questions about working with TradingView signals on the Finandy platform: signal setup, security, speed of order creation, and other tips.

* [Are positions not opening based on TradingView signals?](#are-positions-not-opening-based-on-tradingview-signals)
* [Why do we need checkboxes next to the option names?](#why-do-we-need-checkboxes-next-to-the-option-names)
* [If you check the option in the master account, and uncheck the checkbox in the slave signal, what settings will be applied when a signal is received?](#if-you-check-the-option-in-the-master-account-and-uncheck-the-checkbox-in-the-slave-signal-what-sett)
* [How fast are orders created?](#how-fast-are-orders-created)
* [I have different notification times in TradingView and Finandy. What does this have to do with it?](#i-have-different-notification-times-in-tradingview-and-finandy.-what-does-this-have-to-do-with-it)
* [How safe is it?](#how-safe-is-it)
* [Do I need to have a paid subscription to TradingView?](#do-i-need-to-have-a-paid-subscription-to-tradingview)
* [**I**f I save the signal settings but make changes in the PINE-script indicator, will the changes be accepted by the terminal?](#if-i-save-the-signal-settings-but-make-changes-in-the-pine-script-indicator-will-the-changes-be-acce)
* [Can I configure the signals myself?](#can-i-configure-the-signals-myself)
* [A signal occurred in TradingView, but no order was created in the terminal.](#a-signal-occurred-in-tradingview-but-no-order-was-created-in-the-terminal)
* [I have a strategy, how to insert BUY/SELL into a signal message?](#i-have-a-strategy-how-to-insert-buy-sell-into-a-signal-message)
* [I want to send signals from my server. How can I do this?](#i-want-to-send-signals-from-my-server.-how-can-i-do-this)
* [I want to test the signal settings. How can I do this?](#i-want-to-test-the-signal-settings.-how-can-i-do-this)
* [How to set up a position reversal upon receiving a closing signal?](#how-to-set-up-a-position-reversal-upon-receiving-a-closing-signal)
* [How can I set up a signal so that only opening a position works in the strategy, and closing a position occurs through the execution of take profit or stop loss](#how-can-i-set-up-a-signal-so-that-only-opening-a-position-works-in-the-strategy-and-closing-a-positi)
* [What will happen to the position if a "flat" signal is sent by the strategy?](#what-will-happen-to-the-position-if-a-flat-signal-is-sent-by-the-strategy)
* [If I manually paste the code into the message, and the checkbox is not checked in the terminal, will it be applied?](#if-i-manually-paste-the-code-into-the-message-and-the-checkbox-is-not-checked-in-the-terminal-will-i)

## ❓ Are positions not opening based on TradingView signals?

We recommend performing several actions to identify the error and open a position in the Finandy service:

1\. Sync your Finandy account with the exchange—go to the account menu and click "Reload Account."

2. Open a test position from the Finandy server: Specify the direction (LONG or SHORT), the pair name (e.g., XRP), the full position size (recommended from 20 USDT), and the order type as Market. More details are described here: [Signal testing](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/signal-testing)
3. Ensure the position opens.
4. Select a publicly available indicator in TradingView and repeat the steps.

## ❓**W**hy do we need checkboxes next to the option names?

When the checkbox is checked, the parameter will be sourced from the incoming signal, even in the case of a slave signal from the Master signal.

When the checkbox is unchecked, the parameter will be sourced from the terminal.

## ❓ **If you check the option in the master account, and uncheck the checkbox in the slave signal, what settings will be applied when a signal is received?**

The setting from the received signal message will be applied since the checkbox is checked in the master account, and the slave signal's terminal setting will be ignored.

## ❓ **How fast are orders created?**

Orders are created very quickly, with a delay of only a fraction of a second.

## ❓ I have different notification times in TradingView and Finandy. What does this have to do with it?

Signal timing discrepancies between TradingView and Finandy may occur due to the nature of TradingView's signal delivery. TradingView signals may arrive later than the stated alert time, while Finandy immediately processes received signals. Technical support does not address these situations as they are not service malfunctions.

## ❓ **How safe is it?**

Our system is 100% safe since we only accept signals from authorized TradingView servers. Additionally, we generate a unique link and secret for each signal to ensure security.

## ❓ **Do I need to have a paid subscription to TradingView?**

Yes, a paid subscription to TradingView is required for using our service.

## ❓ **I**f I save the signal settings but make changes in the PINE-script indicator, will the changes be accepted by the terminal?

Yes, you can modify the generated code manually or using the indicator according to your strategy. Saving new versions in the terminal is not necessary.

## ❓ **Can I configure the signals myself?**

If you have an indicator, it can provide two signals: one for buying and one for selling. By inserting the code from the terminal settings, you can specify **"buy"** for the buy signal and **"sell"** for the sell signal. The strategy will have a single signal using a placeholder. [Controlling an option in the signal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/controlling-an-option-in-the-signal).

## ❓ **A signal occurred in TradingView, but no order was created in the terminal**

Check the size of the order being created, as it may be below the minimum allowable amount or the account balance may be insufficient. We will improve the [error logging](/interface/signal-log) for better troubleshooting in the future.

## ❓ **I have a strategy, how to insert BUY/SELL into a signal message?**

You need to replace the line with the `"side"` parameter with `"side": "{{strategy.order.action}}".`

## ❓ **I want to send signals from my server. How can I do this?**

To send signals from your server, you need to add your server's IP address to the allowed IP list in the signal settings.

<figure><img src="/files/Q45gYYq8er8X8noVmKS1" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## ❓ I want to test the signal settings. How can I do this?

{% content-ref url="/pages/t8KjLCp2ejORuKa3wUIp" %}
[Signal testing](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview/signal-testing)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## ❓ **How to set up a position reversal upon receiving a closing signal?**

The settings include a 'Reverse' parameter. When enabled, receiving a closing signal will trigger the creation of a reversal position. The reversal position will be created based on the 'Amount' specified in the signal or the 'Amount' of the current position.

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Attention!** In hedging mode, position reversal is not possible. To apply reversal strategies, hedging must be turned off.
{% endhint %}

## ❓ **How can I set up a signal so that only opening a position works in the strategy, and closing a position occurs through the execution of take profit or stop loss.**

You need to disable the Closings tab and enable the TP module with the desired settings.

<figure><img src="/files/xK5E4AH7RCw5pywYe1Pz" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

![](/files/vTU7PjUXzPCax69GBMVh)

## ❓ What will happen to the position if a "flat" signal is sent by the strategy?

"**flat**" means that the strategy does not have any open positions.\
When a signal is received with the parameter **"positionSide": "flat"**, all positions in that pair will be closed, and no reversal will occur, even if it is specified in the settings.

## ❓ If I manually paste the code into the message, and the checkbox is not checked in the terminal, will it be applied?

If the option is not checked in the terminal and it is not included in the generated code, then the option will be sourced from the terminal.


# I want to signal (copy trading Binance)

✔ Share successful trades through Finandy Copy-trading on the Binance exchange: setting up an account, creating signals, connecting traders, managing risk and receiving bonuses.

Copy trading is exclusively available on the Finandy exchange for each market, including Spot and Futures.

<figure><img src="/files/d7BE377cxZ2kltM7u36a" alt="" width="449"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Finandy** exchange is an official broker of **Binance**.
{% endhint %}

Benefits:

* Binance liquidity
* Binance wallets
* Binance fees
* Free access to all Finandy features

## 1. Deposit funds

To activate your Finandy account, make a deposit following the instructions:

{% content-ref url="/pages/Ak5AqU66W6NobDwq1vzK" %}
[Deposit](/exchange/finandy/deposit)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## 2. Create a Master Trader

Click '**Create Master Trader**' on the **Copy Trading** page.

<figure><img src="/files/H4KnRI9XHvVld6XB3hC6" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 3. Set up a Master Trader account

{% hint style="info" %}
Copy-trading is configured separately for **Spot** and **Futures** markets.&#x20;

To do this, you need to select the corresponding market at the top left (Spot or Futures) and adjust its settings.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/HEfuFDryEkjkIQjbtdDc" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Master Trader ID

Permanent ID for copy trading connection.

### One-time ID

Generated for a single connection and valid for 24 hours.

### Account status

Enabled or disabled copy trades.

### Publish in Marketplace

The master trader can choose to publish their trading statistics in the marketplace or keep them hidden, connecting only through an ID.

### New user confirmation

If enabled, new users will start copying your trades only after your approval.

### Time limit

If enabled, users will only copy your trades until the specified date. The date restriction is set in connected users table.

### Account deletion

If you no longer plan to offer the trade copying service, you have the option to delete your Master account. This action does not impact your personal trading.

On the right side of the screen, you will find the settings for the base rate used in trading.

<figure><img src="/files/RkV3ESqJa3kjE0lRoX5r" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Name

This name will appear in the Marketplace strategy list.

### Bonus

Every Monday, a bonus is credited in proportion to the setting if the PnL for the last 7 days was positive. \
The bonus is specified as a percentage of the user's total profit.

### Position closing time-out, s

If the connected account has TP (Take Profit) or SL (Stop Loss) disabled in their position, or if there is low liquidity in the currency pair, and the master account's position is closed based on TP or SL, then the connected account's position will also be closed after the specified timeout. The timeout is configured in the master account and is set to 5 seconds by default.

### Description

Brief description of your strategy. This information will be displayed in your account details in the Marketplace.

Next, the trading settings on base quotes are specified:

**Spot**

* ETH&#x20;
* BTC&#x20;
* USDT&#x20;
* BUSD

**Future**

* USDT
* BUSD

### Minimum balance

Users with a balance lower than the specified amount will not be able to connect to copy your trades.

### My trading balance

When using the % of balance setting for copying, the order size will be calculated as a fraction of the specified amount.&#x20;

If the field is left empty, the order size will be calculated as a fraction of your total balance on the given quote when copying with the % of balance setting.

## 4. Inviting traders to copy

### Master Trader ID connection

<figure><img src="/files/iRUMcusyDYLsXioixfYF" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### One-Time ID Connection

<figure><img src="/files/zqOxNgiB3DIrz4BguCij" alt="" width="356"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Click "Create ID" button.
2. Copy and share it with the person connecting to you.&#x20;

One-time ID is generated for a single connection and is valid for 24 hours.

{% hint style="info" %}
Copy Trading settings page allows you to connect to the Master Trader using the provided ID.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/OgS064wg0Ew8x8TaWoZ7" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### MarketPlace connection

If your strategy is published in the Copy Trading Marketplace, users can connect to you through the Marketplace.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/cfc8cffa-fb5a-4ae7-8fc8-f37b96de36af/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/72213997-cfb1-48d6-a45e-03739abba98c/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 5. Trading

Execute trades following your trading strategy manually or with the help of bots or TradingView signals.

## 6. Receive bonuses

Receive a percentage of the net profit (profit minus losses) earned during the previous week every Monday.

<figure><img src="/files/heFiffXZi9GTObyJHJ28" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If the PnL is <mark style="color:green;">**positive**</mark> after closing the position, a portion of the profit will be reserved in a separate account for the connected trader. \
If the PnL is <mark style="color:red;">**negative**</mark> after closing the position, a portion of the profit will be returned from the reserve account to the wallet of the connected trader.

If a **profit** is obtained within 7 days, a portion of the profit will be sent from the reserve account to the Master Trader's spot wallet on Monday, according to the specified percentage in the Copy Trading settings.

The deposits to the reserve account occur within a few minutes, not after each closed position. Roundings are done to the nearest $0.5, which means the transfer to the reserve account will only happen if at least $0.5 accumulates.

### Bonus calculation example

User's balance when connected = **1000 USDT**.

Master Trader commission = **50%.**

* At the end of the trading week, the profit from closed positions amounted to <mark style="color:green;">**100 USDT.**</mark> \
  After deducting the master's bonus, the Connected User's balance will be **1050 USDT**. \
  The master's bonus is <mark style="color:green;">**50 USDT.**</mark>
* At the end of the following trading week, a loss was incurred with a PnL = <mark style="color:red;">-</mark><mark style="color:red;">**250 USDT**</mark>.

  No bonus is awarded, and the balance of the copier is <mark style="color:red;">**800 USDT.**</mark>\
  **No bonus will be awarded** to the Master for this week of losses.
* Trading results for the new week show a profit of <mark style="color:green;">**100 USDT**</mark> on closed positions.

  The copier balance after paying the bonus to the master will be <mark style="color:green;">**850 USDT.**</mark>\
  The master bonus will be <mark style="color:green;">**50 USDT.**</mark>

## 7. Copy-Trading Risks

Trading and investing carry inherent risks, including the potential for loss or reduced profitability due to market downturns or unforeseen events. Profitability in the cryptocurrency market cannot be guaranteed.

Copy-trading carries an additional risk as the buying and selling decisions in the copier's account are made by the chosen master trader. If the strategy fails to meet expectations, it can lead to losses for both the master trader and the subscribed copying accounts.

Finandy platform provides a copying service that takes into account how API partner exchange operates. This includes ensuring liquidity (for the bought or sold volume), liquidation rules, changing order size limits, and price slippage.

Final control of trade copying accuracy is conducted by both Master Trader and connected user. Situations that may cause desynchronization include changes in partner exchange's operating rules, lack of API response from partner exchange, or missed updates of account. If a situation contradicts copying trader's trading strategy, activities may occur that don't match Master Trader's actions (e.g., closing, reducing, or increasing positions).

Trades executed independently by the copying user are not regulated by Finandy platform and carry inherent risks, including the potential for complete liquidation of the account balance. It is important to note that such positions are governed by the copy-trading agreement, and a commission will be paid to the Master Trader in case of favorable outcomes.

## 8. FAQ

* [The bonus received by the master is cumulative and not individual for each copier. For example, if a new copier joins and incurs a loss while the others have smaller losses, and then the overall copier volume shows a loss but one user is still in a drawdown, the negative values from that specific slave account will not be offset by the profits from the overall copier volume. The bonus distribution is based on the collective performance of all copiers, and the results of each copier are not evaluated separately in this context.](#the-bonus-received-by-the-master-is-cumulative-and-not-individual-for-each-copier.-for-example-if-a)
* [If Master Trader changes %bonus, when will these updates take effect?](#if-master-trader-changes-bonus-when-will-these-updates-take-effect)

#### The bonus received by the master is cumulative and not individual for each copier. For example, if a new copier joins and incurs a loss while the others have smaller losses, and then the overall copier volume shows a loss but one user is still in a drawdown, the negative values from that specific slave account will not be offset by the profits from the overall copier volume. The bonus distribution is based on the collective performance of all copiers, and the results of each copier are not evaluated separately in this context.

The bonus comes for each copying trader separately.

#### **If Master Trader changes %bonus, when will these updates take effect?**

The new settings will take effect on the next Monday following the bonus payout to the master trader.

**Any questions? We can help in our Telegram Chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# I want to copy trades (copy trading Binance)

✔ Copying (Copy-trading) orders (trades) on the Binance exchange using the Finandy platform: connecting to a master trader, setting up copying, risk management and bonuses.

Copy trading is exclusively available on the Finandy exchange for each market, including Spot and Futures.

<figure><img src="/files/LjxS5ma456xD9zq2BXtM" alt="" width="449"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Finandy** exchange is an official broker of **Binance**.
{% endhint %}

Benefits:

* Binance liquidity
* Binance wallets
* Binance fees
* Free access to all Finandy features

## 1. Deposit funds

To activate your Finandy account, make a deposit following the instructions:

{% content-ref url="/pages/Ak5AqU66W6NobDwq1vzK" %}
[Deposit](/exchange/finandy/deposit)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## 2. Copier connection

### Master ID connection

If you have the Master ID you want to copy trades from, you can connect to copy their trades on the settings page.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/aa426617-89fe-4716-807a-a0fffb9acd00/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Marketplace connection

Choose a suitable trader and connect to copy their trades.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/05f2709f-6783-478c-9c88-e7cd7daa995e/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Copy trading is configured separately for Spot and Futures markets. To do this, you need to select the corresponding market option at the top left and proceed with its settings.
{% endhint %}

## **3.** Set Up Copy Trading

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/7b1e3dae-0f4e-49b2-bec9-db6dfb0f42f6/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Your ID

If user connection requires approval, please provide your ID to the Master Trader for verification.

### Мaster trader ID

You can see the Master Trader ID whose trades you are copying.

### Enable

Enable or disable copying operations.

### Account restart by Master allowed

If this option is enabled, the Master Trader can restart your account in the event of an account version update.

### Connection status

* **Awaiting Master's approval**\
  If Master has activated new connections approval and your account has not been confirmed yet, you will need to wait for confirmation.
* **Connected**\
  Your account is connected for copying.

### Master Trader Bonus

Every Monday, the Master Trader is eligible for a bonus determined by the week's total profit. No bonus is provided in case of a loss.

### Delete

Terminate copy-trading connection with the Master Trader.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/774bfa85-f4ff-43e1-b930-0a03206db521/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Telegram account

By providing a link to your Telegram account, the master can contact you if necessary.

### Position type

* **All** - all positions are copied
* **Long only**: only Long positions are copied
* **Short only**: only Short positions are copied

### Minimum deposit for position opening

The master trader sets the limit. New positions will be copied only if your balance exceeds the specified limit.

### Position size calculation

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/81a4af29-543f-4e72-b96e-9d41b82b461e/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Supported methods for calculating quantity:

#### CАLCULATION FROM MASTER&#x20;

* **In proportion to the master's balance**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/e87395ed-3e82-4f42-a21a-dff315b85cfd/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When the Master creates an order, the percentage of the Master's total account balance is calculated using the following formula <mark style="color:red;">`% = order amount / master balance x 100`</mark>

**Example №1**&#x20;

* Master Trader balance <mark style="color:green;">**$1000**</mark>&#x20;
* Copier balance <mark style="color:red;">**$100**</mark>&#x20;

| Master order                                                  | Copied order                                                                                                                                                                        |
| ------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| <mark style="color:green;">20 USDT ( 2 % of balance)</mark>   | <mark style="color:red;">100 х 2% = 2 USDT</mark> <mark style="color:red;">The order will not be created due to the quantity being below the exchange's minimum requirement.</mark> |
| <mark style="color:green;">150 USDT ( 15 % of balance)</mark> | <mark style="color:red;">100 х 15% = 15 USDT</mark>                                                                                                                                 |

**Example №2**

* Master Trader **balance** <mark style="color:green;">**$100**</mark>
* Copier **balance** <mark style="color:red;">**$1000**</mark>&#x20;

| Master order                                                 | Copied order                                          |
| ------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------- |
| <mark style="color:green;">20 USDT ( 20 % of balance)</mark> | <mark style="color:red;">1000 х 20% = 200 USDT</mark> |
| <mark style="color:green;">90 USDT ( 90 % of balance)</mark> | <mark style="color:red;">1000 х 90% = 900 USDT</mark> |

* **1 in 1**

<figure><img src="/files/g59e6Ue32EmfW4mYu0dm" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The quantity is copied exactly as the master without any modifications, regardless of the connected user's balance.

**Example.** Copy trading in Spot Market.

* Master Trader **balance** <mark style="color:green;">**$1000**</mark>&#x20;
* Copier **balance** <mark style="color:red;">**$100**</mark>&#x20;

| Master order                               | Copied order                                                                                            |
| ------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| <mark style="color:green;">20 USDT</mark>  | <mark style="color:red;">20 USDT</mark>                                                                 |
| <mark style="color:green;">250 USDT</mark> | <mark style="color:red;">Copier will not be able to open the order, there is not enough balance.</mark> |

#### CALCULATION FROM COPIER

{% hint style="info" %}
Enter numerical values in the field to enable order volume calculation on your side instead of the Master's side.
{% endhint %}

* **Order volume, USD**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/a1c265bd-b99e-4c24-acd7-aad5422379dc/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Each position will be opened for a fixed amount specified in USD.

**Example**

* Master Trader **balance&#x20;**<mark style="color:green;">**$100**</mark>
* Copier **balance&#x20;**<mark style="color:red;">**$150**</mark> (1.5 times deposit)

| Master order                              | Copied order                             |
| ----------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- |
| <mark style="color:green;">20 USDT</mark> | <mark style="color:red;">100 USDT</mark> |
| <mark style="color:green;">80 USDT</mark> | <mark style="color:red;">100 USDT</mark> |

* **Available balance %**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/a3b5c33e-2f5f-4a2c-a61d-49ab3cce385c/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The opening order is determined by a percentage calculation using the follower's available balance.

**Example**

* Master Trader **balance&#x20;**<mark style="color:green;">**$100**</mark>
* Copier **balance&#x20;**<mark style="color:red;">**$200**</mark> (2x deposit)
* At the time of placing the order, the follower's account has <mark style="color:red;">**$100**</mark> available
* The order size is calculated as <mark style="color:red;">20%</mark> of the available balance

| **Master order**                           | **Copied order**                                      |
| ------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------- |
| <mark style="color:green;">20 USDT</mark>  | <mark style="color:red;">20 USDT (20% of $100)</mark> |
| <mark style="color:green;">100 USDT</mark> | <mark style="color:red;">20 USDT (20% of $100)</mark> |

* **Full balance, %**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/1efb61af-245a-495b-b764-729842aeff4d/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Positions are opened according to the specified percentage of the copier's full balance.

**Example**

* Master Trader **balance&#x20;**<mark style="color:green;">**$100**</mark>
* Copier **balance&#x20;**<mark style="color:red;">**$150**</mark> ( 1.5 times deposit ) and percentage of the total balance is set to <mark style="color:red;">**10%**</mark>

| **Master order**                           | **Copied order**                                      |
| ------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------- |
| <mark style="color:green;">20 USDT</mark>  | <mark style="color:red;">15 USDT (10% of $150)</mark> |
| <mark style="color:green;">100 USDT</mark> | <mark style="color:red;">15 USDT (10% of $150)</mark> |

### Position averaging

Averaging is calculated proportionally based on the current position amount.

For example, if the master holds a $100 position and averages it at $200, the copier will also have an order created at twice the amount of their current position.

### Maximum total position volume

If the sum of open positions + amount of the order exceeds the specified limit, the order creation will be rejected. If left empty, the limit is disabled.

### Maximum position volume

If the amount in position + amount of the order being created exceeds the specified limit, the order creation will be rejected. If empty, the limit is disabled.

### Maximum position loss

If the loss of a position exceeds the specified value (in dollars), the position will be closed. If left empty, the limit is disabled.

### Maximum number of open positions

If the total number of open positions reaches or exceeds the specified quantity when receiving a signal to open a new position, the signal to open the new position will be ignored. If left empty, the limit is disabled.

## 4. Track your bonus rewards

Weekly bonuses are credited on Mondays for a positive overall PnL.

<figure><img src="/files/R11N5pMTBUenfk20fHyu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If PnL was <mark style="color:green;">**positive**</mark> after closing a position, a portion of the profit is allocated to a separate account.

If PnL was <mark style="color:red;">**negative**</mark> after closing a position, a portion of the profit is returned from the reserve account back to the wallet.

If a profit is generated over a 7-day period, a portion of the profit will be transferred from the reserve account to the Master Trader's spot wallet on Monday, based on the specified percentage in the Copy Trading settings.

The reserve account is credited within minutes, not after each position closure. Amounts are rounded to $0.5, guaranteeing a transfer to the reserve account only when there is an accumulation of at least $0.5.

### Bonus Calculation Example

User's balance when connected = **1000 USDT**.

Master Trader commission = **50%.**

* Based on the results of the trading week, the profit from closed positions amounted to <mark style="color:green;">**100 USDT.**</mark>\
  The balance of the Copier after paying the bonus to the Master will amount to **1050 USDT.**\
  The bonus for the Master will amount to <mark style="color:green;">**50 USDT.**</mark>
* During the next trading week, there was a loss of <mark style="color:red;">**PnL =**</mark> <mark style="color:red;">**-250 USDT.**</mark>

  No bonus will be granted, and the Copier's balance is **800 USDT.**\
  Bonus will **not be credited** for this losing week.
* In the following week, the profit from closed positions amounted to <mark style="color:green;">**100 USDT.**</mark>

  After deducting the bonus payment to the Master, the Copier's balance will be **850 USDT.**\
  The master bonus will be <mark style="color:green;">**50 USDT.**</mark>

## 5. Disconnect from Master Trader

There are 2 options for disconnecting from the master trader:

* during active copying
* after the execution of all master trader positions

### Disconnecting from the master trader during active copying

You can disconnect from the master trader at any time by clicking the Delete icon

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/5cae6c91-1e33-4255-86a3-614320de9332/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Disconnect after execution of all positions by the master trader

The user can wait until positions in the master trader are closed without opening new ones. **To do this, set the limit for the number of open positions in the master trader's connection settings to 0.**

And after all positions have been executed - delete the master trader from active positions as described above. An example is shown in the image below.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/7510e9de-8881-43e1-beb7-157a5fc86801/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Note: The limitation imposed on the maximum number of positions refers specifically to opening positions, not to averages received from the master trader.
{% endhint %}

## 6. Copy-Trading Risks

Trading and investing carry inherent risks, including the potential for loss or reduced profitability due to market downturns or unforeseen events. Profitability in the cryptocurrency market cannot be guaranteed.

Copy-trading carries an additional risk as the buying and selling decisions in the copier's account are made by the chosen master trader. If the strategy fails to meet expectations, it can lead to losses for both the master trader and the subscribed copying accounts.

Finandy platform provides a copying service that takes into account how API partner exchange operates. This includes ensuring liquidity (for the bought or sold volume), liquidation rules, changing order size limits, and price slippage.

Final control of trade copying accuracy is conducted by both Master Trader and connected user. Situations that may cause desynchronization include changes in partner exchange's operating rules, lack of API response from partner exchange, or missed updates of account. If a situation contradicts copying trader's trading strategy, activities may occur that don't match Master Trader's actions (e.g., closing, reducing, or increasing positions).

Trades executed independently by the copying user are not regulated by Finandy platform and carry inherent risks, including the potential for complete liquidation of the account balance. It is important to note that such positions are governed by the copy-trading agreement, and a commission will be paid to the Master Trader in case of favorable outcomes.

## 7. FAQ

* [When will the changes in the Master Trader's bonus percentage take effect?](#when-will-the-changes-in-the-master-traders-bonus-percentage-take-effect)
* [Is it possible to subscribe to multiple Masters at the same time?](#is-it-possible-to-subscribe-to-multiple-masters-at-the-same-time)
* [The master trader opened a position before I joined. What will happen if I join later?](#the-master-trader-opened-a-position-before-i-joined.-what-will-happen-if-i-join-later)
* [If I independently increase/decrease/close the current position without waiting for the master's actions, how will it affect the calculation of the master trader's bonus?](#if-i-independently-increase-decrease-close-the-current-position-without-waiting-for-the-masters-acti)

#### When will the changes in the Master Trader's bonus percentage take effect?

The new settings will take effect on the upcoming Monday, following the bonus allocation to the Master Trader.

#### Is it possible to subscribe to multiple Masters at the same time?

At the moment, our system supports a single market (Spot or Futures) and allows connection to only one Master Trader. Connecting to multiple Master Traders using a single account is not available.

#### The master trader opened a position before I joined. What will happen if I join later?

Only NEW positions will be copied, and the old ones will be completely ignored.

#### If I independently increase/decrease/close the current position without waiting for the master's actions, how will it affect the calculation of the master trader's bonus?

Bonuses for master traders are credited for all closed positions formed through copy trading, even if they are manually closed by you.

**Any questions? We can help in our Telegram Chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Account

✔ Learn how to manage your account on the Finandy platform: setting up profiles, API keys, two-factor authentication, Telegram bot, changing your password, secret word and other options.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/058d98cb-fd4e-430e-b909-28ff96475399/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Under the "Account" section, you will find submenus listed on the left side.

<figure><img src="/files/imLyslhgR64sisSv6Ke9" alt="" width="242"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% content-ref url="/pages/hdJWvUUHvdsfxa3tAlXl" %}
[Profiles](/settings/account/profiles)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/uf4deOYazZzQcSGKsp95" %}
[API Keys](/settings/account/api-keys)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/IkR7r8nrYf2lXHmFAywE" %}
[2FA](/settings/account/2fa)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/eZSPPhHFnsbPLUivilSR" %}
[Telegram Bot](/settings/account/telegram-bot)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/RN7CISahBKxjkqtvXLU1" %}
[Change password](/settings/account/change-password)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/aS1voQL91W51zVkG1i7q" %}
[Secret word](/settings/account/secret-word)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/xUwFnGih93o2akFfaCK1" %}
[Sessions](/settings/account/sessions)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/zaoNhUnWvT99HcpkhWcV" %}
[Account restart](/settings/account/restart-account)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Profiles

✔ Learn how to manage up to 20 accounts on the Finandy platform on Binance liquidity: adding new profiles, switching between accounts, copying verification and managing profiles.

Finandy service supports connecting other Finandy accounts and switching between them.

{% hint style="info" %}
Only existing Finandy accounts can be added to profiles.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
Please note that you can copy up to 20 times the verification of the main account to the connected profiles. That is, for 1 verified identity you can connect up to 20 accounts on Finandy Exchange on each liquidity.
{% endhint %}

## How to copy verification to connected profiles?

1\. Create an account (if you already have an account, skip this point) on [Finandy.com](https://finandy.com) and select Finandy exchange.

2\. Verify your identity on the **Account / Verification** page.

3\. Create another account on [Finandy.com](https://finandy.com) using a different browser or private mode (incognito).

4\. Add the profile from step 3 to the main account from step 1 on the **Account / Profiles page.**

5\. While in the main account, switch to the connected account and go to **Account / Verification.**

<figure><img src="/files/jxJxwVmhbYXCaE2mXK3I" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6\. Click the "Copy verification from main profile" button.

<figure><img src="/files/dlkDmtCYxImhiLrsfbvv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Add new profile

Go to "Account"

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/694dc206-7067-4633-88c5-6857cfc9dd52/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

and select "Profiles".

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2Fc0IyBWIb55OtJqEBIY8g%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=ba0be04d-2593-44da-9f9a-29a79652b1e2" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

On the right hand side of the screen, enter your email, password, complete the robot verification, and click "**Add profile"**.**​**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/0b015de2-3c3a-4c2b-a162-b87a15f9c425/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Switching between accounts

### On "Trading" page

Open Trading page.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/897c330a-9377-4877-a3bc-72ad8aeb96b0/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once a profile has been added a box will appear on the right hand side of the screen to switch between Profiles.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/ada0af1f-3fa4-4aa8-bfd9-1ac590ebc4f6/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### On "Profiles" page

Open Account Management page.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/9d78885e-38d0-471d-8bb4-3c40636afcee/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Select "Profiles" menu.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FCXFQ778twYnBMNaTG4rl%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=a55971dd-5871-4cd1-a749-6a7459758b27" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To switch profiles, simply click the "Switch" button next to the Email on the right side.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/a4403dcb-96d3-4467-819c-1e3775f37d6d/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Profile management

Manage profiles on the **Account / Profiles** page.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/54519049-49ab-47b6-a353-78596ef760e1/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. If necessary, you can add a name to the profile.
2. Save button for profile name.
3. Profile email.
4. Label indicating the currently authorized account.
5. Delete profile.
6. Notification when profile password has been changed or 2FA has been reset. \
   Profile must be deleted and reconnect in again.
7. Button to switch to selected account.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# API Keys

✔ Learn how to manage API keys on the Finandy platform: adding keys for Binance, OKX and Finandy Exchange, security settings. Detailed guide on how to use API keys.

## Binance

{% content-ref url="/pages/WTxT4dj2ywjwPnlN9bPS" %}
[Adding an API Key](/exchange/binance/api-key)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Finandy Exchange

{% content-ref url="/pages/L6PYEKiKVhSwMHtLcdQ0" %}
[API keys](/exchange/finandy/api-keys)
{% endcontent-ref %}

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# 2FA

✔ Learn how to set up two-factor authentication (2FA) on the Finandy platform: connect, disconnect, restore access and tips. A detailed guide to account security.

2FA (Two-Factor Authentication) is an offline application on your smartphone that generates one-time codes.

2FA is a reliable way to protect your account from unauthorized access.

{% hint style="info" %}
WARNING! Withdrawals are locked for 3 days:

* after password change
* after Telegram bot activation
* after adding secret word
* after 2FA activation
* after deposit (for unverified accounts)
  {% endhint %}

## Enable 2FA

1\. Install **Google Authenticator** App;\
[![](/files/D5UuEpe7oSm32HigkV7x)](https://apps.apple.com/en/app/google-authenticator/id388497605) [![](/files/eZpAPD60PdWquwAljxHU)](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.google.android.apps.authenticator2)\
2\. Open **Google Authenticator** app and tap the plus (+) button at the bottom right;

<figure><img src="/files/B4lSH1UC25rZm5Sl8TVh" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3\. Select "**Scan QR Code**" and point your phone's camera at the QR code on Finandy website under the **Account / 2FA** section;

<figure><img src="/files/VSepSP8w1QmxEedtnDlm" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4\. Copy the code from Google Authenticator app;

<figure><img src="/files/woyxmDAvvJ1DAjcGiMxf" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Remember, new codes are generated every 30 seconds in the app.
{% endhint %}

5\. Paste the copied code into the website field;

<figure><img src="/files/3i5bEj7Unozuqa91XjCb" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6\. Connection completed.

<figure><img src="/files/vs7cY23wOZx0oWdlkkpw" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Disable 2FA

<figure><img src="/files/DmpnyFwiJpUQ1hnn9z8k" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Enter your current Finandy account password
2. Enter the Google Authenticator one-time code\\

   <figure><img src="/files/woyxmDAvvJ1DAjcGiMxf" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If data is correct, 2FA will be disabled.

![](/files/MljlsP1DSwbsLWCfnHiU)

## Lost 2FA access

### ✅ [Secret word](/settings/account/secret-word) has been activated in the account

1\. Enter your Username and Password on the[ login page](https://finandy.com/auth), complete the captcha, and click on "Login".

2\. Below the Captcha, there is a 2FA entry field. On the right side of the field, click the "No access to 2FA?".

<figure><img src="/files/5XimSO3azYx3gVoRvIaW" alt="" width="365"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

And click the "Submit a request" button.

<figure><img src="/files/PvXrcnOx3VGHGqWZcy6K" alt="" width="344"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3\. An email will be sent to you containing a verification code. If you have the Telegram bot connected, the code will also be sent there.

<figure><img src="/files/VqhM2Cqp9L3p6lgY07Hi" alt="" width="355"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4\. Go to the 2FA deactivation page by following the link in the email. Enter the Secret Word and, if applicable, provide the code from the Telegram bot if connected.

<figure><img src="/files/WfFhN6DN1BzhFvarov8L" alt="" width="441"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5\. Click "Reset" button.

6\. Once you have reset 2FA, you will be directed back to the login page, where you can authenticate without the need for a one-time 2FA code.

### ⛔ Secret word is not activated in the account

#### Write to our [support team](https://finandy.com/en/request).

## Recommendations

1\. During connection process, you will be provided with a secret key. It is important to write it down on paper and store it in a secure location. This key can be used to recover the connection if needed.

![](/files/NDpCdGgssDooac69p9X5)

2\. Enable FACE ID access in application settings to enhance the security of your account.

<figure><img src="/files/3edblFb5efBvdsxUhq2q" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/6mSyvIpXEnnuMzZUy3QA" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/IikciCBy3tsADWFVCovC" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## FAQ

* [2FA activation is not working for me; it keeps showing an incorrect code error.](#2fa-activation-is-not-working-for-me-it-keeps-showing-an-incorrect-code-error.)
* [Can Google Authenticator codes be faked?](#can-the-code-from-google-authenticator-be-faked)

### **2FA activation is not working for me; it keeps showing an incorrect code error.**

Here are some possible solutions:

1. Every time the page is reloaded, a new QR code is generated for connecting to the terminal. If you previously added the Finandy site to Google Authenticator app and then reloaded the terminal page, you will need to delete the Finandy account from the Google Authenticator app and scan a new QR code from the terminal.
2. If your phone's clock is not synchronized, you need to synchronize it, remove the Finandy website from Google Authenticator app, and scan the new QR code from the terminal.

### **Can Google Authenticator codes be faked?**

The code is susceptible to forgery only if you disclose the secret key or if someone gains complete control of your phone.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Telegram Bot

✔ Learn how to connect and set up a Telegram bot on the Finandy platform to receive notifications about account activity: order execution, closing positions, authorisation and security codes.

{% hint style="info" %}
WARNING! Withdrawals are locked for 3 days:

* after password change
* after Telegram bot activation
* after adding secret word
* after 2FA activation
* after deposit (for unverified accounts)
  {% endhint %}

Telegram bot in Finandy is used to send account activity notifications of:

* Executed orders
* Closed positions
* Authorisation notification
* Withdrawal security codes

Go to **Account / Telegram bot page.**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/d19e79a3-9fe7-4525-8eca-e77265ab30f6/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Setting telegram bot

1\. Open bot in [@BotFather ](https://t.me/BotFather)on Telegram and press Start at the bottom of the screen.

<figure><img src="/files/hf8WYuCoXeSZ7uyWc8aK" alt="" width="390"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Send command **/newbot.**

<figure><img src="/files/97emJtrf8WN4HCB6BToN" alt="" width="390"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3\. Enter the name **Finandy Bot** or any other name.

<figure><img src="/files/n50Vln4GzYqmfnYIu6pe" alt="" width="390"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4\. Type in an arbitrary bot ID, e.g. **finandy27375bot.**

<figure><img src="/files/X0Kh1eMDmd020tmRyJpB" alt="" width="393"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5\. Copy the Bot Token and paste it into the Finandy settings.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/494350b5-88e0-4c17-b69b-dadcb8c2eb3f/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6\. Open your bot and click **Start** at the bottom of the screen.

<figure><img src="/files/mfFqO9BLUYIWmwLT2mJZ" alt="" width="390"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

7\. Send the command given in Finandy to the telegram bot.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/74d2c6ac-6ec8-4e05-9458-18085cdb8bb6/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once completed, the Telegram bot management menu is displayed.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/7c2af182-5ae2-4fc2-bf77-af9386491f21/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Uninstalling Telegram bot

1. Access Telegram bot settings.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/d5b96a74-0644-4add-a702-11cf80858548/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Select "Send code" for Telegram bot removal.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/3b201e0b-67ce-4e0d-b092-5cff3237222a/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. Copy the received code from the Telegram bot.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/616a9f9d-fe9c-4085-8678-354b36485a8d/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Paste the code and click "Delete Telegram bot".

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/56e20bce-2135-4813-b9a4-e83161a83121/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## FAQ

* [What should I do if I have lost access to the Telegram bot?](#what-should-i-do-if-i-have-lost-access-to-the-telegram-bot)

\###What should I do if I have lost access to the Telegram bot?

To restore access to your Telegram account, you can use the secret word. To do this, go to **Delete Telegram bot - No access to Telegram bot**.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Change password

✔ Learn how to change your password on the Finandy platform: step-by-step instructions for changing your password, blocking withdrawals and restoring access.

{% hint style="info" %}
WARNING! Withdrawals are locked for 3 days:

* after password change&#x20;
* after Telegram bot activation
* after adding secret word&#x20;
* after 2FA activation
* after deposit (for unverified accounts)
  {% endhint %}

Go to Account / Change password.

<figure><img src="/files/govMsGazzJKpaLSioPzK" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Enter old password and enter new password twice, then click the **"Change password"** button.

{% hint style="info" %}
If you don't remember your old password, you can reset it [here](https://finandy.com/en/password.reset).
{% endhint %}

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Secret word

✔ Learn how to set up a secret word on the Finandy platform: setup hints, important security tips and answers to common questions. Detailed guide on how to set up a secret word

{% hint style="info" %}
WARNING! Withdrawals are locked for 3 days:

* after password change
* after Telegram bot activation
* after adding secret word
* after 2FA activation
* after deposit (for unverified accounts)
  {% endhint %}

Go to **Account / Secret Word** page.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/3c71149d-c71c-4d7c-b51b-181a899c913f/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
The secret word can only be set once and cannot be changed afterwards!
{% endhint %}

1. Select a hint from the dropdown list

<figure><img src="/files/UjvlZRNRDbiifW5xb5fK" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

or enter a custom hint to make it easier to remember the Secret Word when recovering access.

<figure><img src="/files/gnbJ91hrLLOX8RsQv0Xr" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2\. Add the secret word.

<figure><img src="/files/dpBbTiPGskNtFxLnF9zV" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3\. Click on "Activate secret word".

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/85c71d29-78ab-49dc-b527-da3df8a827bc/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## FAQ

* [The secret word is case-sensitive?](#the-secret-word-is-case-sensitive)
* [Is it possible to include symbols or numbers into the word?](#is-it-possible-to-include-symbols-or-numbers-into-the-word)

### **The secret word is case-sensitive?**

The secret word is NOT case sensitive.\
So, if you write the word "HeLLo", you can type just "hello" when restoring.

### **Is it possible to include symbols or numbers into the word?**

Yes, it is possible.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Sessions

✔ Learn how to set up a secret word on the Finandy platform: setup hints, important security tips and answers to common questions. Detailed guide on how to set up a secret word

The Sessions page displays all active sessions.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/32e432e1-7b1e-4f5a-80fc-aa91b8449670/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To close an irrelevant session, click on the word `× Close` in the session line.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/1d1c29a4-9ff6-4998-8e3b-3042a5eba71c/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Account restart

✔ Learn how to reset your Finandy account: step-by-step instructions for resetting, reasons and possible situations where a reset is required.

{% hint style="info" %}
It will not be possible to create orders while the account is being restarted. The restart process typically takes between 10 and 20 seconds.

Please note that open positions will not be affected by the account restart.
{% endhint %}

### To restart your account:

1. Select "Account" menu.
2. Click "Restart account" button.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/cbcd88cf-803d-45b0-89a0-800b41a8cfd3/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

An account restart may be necessary in case of unusual activity, such as system errors preventing order placement on the exchange.&#x20;

The account will be deactivated the following cases:

* no new position has been placed in the account for over 60 days.
* the trader is executing trades on Binance using an API key outside of the terminal, utilizing an external bot.
* there is a force majeure event affecting the server or network, such as a server outage in the data center.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Settings

✔ Learn how to set up on the Finandy platform: general settings, order creation form, stop loss, trailing, take profit, trading and charting.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/aeffb4c7-5297-48b5-a0b3-ef24d75138bd/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Access the 'Settings' submenus on the left side.

<figure><img src="/files/AqvafA4OqiMekc5fYuXG" alt="" width="231"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Remember to click 'Save' button after modifying the settings.

![](/files/qdyrD4CmfqKd8zwZ4XRP)
{% endhint %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/C5TwgrV2vlQs9mHp7prE" %}
[General settings](/settings/settings/interface/general-settings)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/vxkJogOPM7kIHijSuZ3z" %}
[Order book](/interface/blocks/order-book)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/trqXbQdffYFUfEmw2cpT" %}
[Stop loss (SL)](/settings/settings/interface/stop-loss-sl)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/j3p18BsgZmlHbdW0vfS3" %}
[Trailing (SLX)](/settings/settings/interface/trailing-slx)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/AUH5IkAQO03Yahv06ooM" %}
[Take Profit (TP)](/settings/settings/interface/take-profit-tp)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/5QR3MeA2fHjnH2Qiq6kZ" %}
[Trading](/settings/settings/trading)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/bPhTrh0CZmXM4m9G4rPA" %}
[Chart](/settings/settings/chart)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Interface

✔ Learn how to configure the interface on the Finandy platform: general settings, order creation form, stop loss, trailing, take profit. Detailed guide on how to configure the interface.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/0f1e09a8-a06a-401e-88d7-96d72fc6c840/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The first 5 items refer to Interface settings.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Remember to click 'Save' button after modifying the settings.

![](/files/LqrkRupEB5lZ4qWZNx6z)
{% endhint %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/C5TwgrV2vlQs9mHp7prE" %}
[General settings](/settings/settings/interface/general-settings)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/2uyGplHUc3KUNrrYDFDN" %}
[Order creation panel](/settings/settings/interface/order-creation-panel)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/trqXbQdffYFUfEmw2cpT" %}
[Stop loss (SL)](/settings/settings/interface/stop-loss-sl)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/j3p18BsgZmlHbdW0vfS3" %}
[Trailing (SLX)](/settings/settings/interface/trailing-slx)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/AUH5IkAQO03Yahv06ooM" %}
[Take Profit (TP)](/settings/settings/interface/take-profit-tp)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# General settings

✔ Learn how to configure general interface settings on the Finandy platform: choosing a theme, language, balance display modes, and menus. The detailed guide to common settings.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FBLYLFs4eK1awTmUFOeRF%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=b704744d-7c55-4be0-b09f-5fb8b60e79d0" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/e3612ca5-62d6-43bf-8a00-92cd4fdc1537/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 1. Theme

You can choose between Dark and Light themes.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/b9d9b91b-dcc8-447a-afe1-d82db6b0721c/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 2. Language

The service is currently available in 4 fully translated languages:

* English
* Russian
* Ukrainian
* Spanish

## **3. PRO mode**

For more information about Standard and PRO modes, please refer to the [**"Interface"**](/interface/about) section.

## 4. Balances block

Showing or hiding the balance box on the "Trading" page:

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/739bec06-52f0-45eb-a1e4-02eb39f0e742/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 5. Show drop-down menu

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/ccfa835b-8b16-4e5f-a061-5b74990c7662/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The drop-down list will expand on mouse-over or click.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Order creation panel

✔ Learn how to set up the order creation form on the Finandy platform: order types, order grids, Fibonacci grid, setup templates, automatic order cancellation.

<figure><img src="/files/EaSyuxP1BJzOuZDOEnom" alt="" width="229"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/8beee8c3-2edd-42c6-a789-8c2e38189466/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 1. Order types

* **Exchange orders**\
  Limit, Market, Stop Market, Trailing
* **Floating and Exchange Orders**\
  Floating, Limit, Market, Stop Market, Trailing
* **Floating, Exchange, and Virtual Orders**\
  Virtual, Floating, Limit, Market, Stop Market, Trailing

## 2. Order Grid

Hide or display [**"Order Grid"**](broken://pages/q2IusYy13W92ofUDXj5W) functionality in the trading interface.

## 3. Fibonacci Grid

Hide or display [**"Fibonacci Grid"**](/trading/create-order-grid/fibonacci-grid-levels) functionality in the trading interface.

## 4. Settings Templates

Hide or display [**"Templates of Settings"**](/trading/settings-templates) functionality in the trading interface.

## 5. Position price after averaging

Hide/Show "Averaging Pre-calculation as Percentage of Current Price" in Trading Interface.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FHSzcHLIy26tmguF1xuRP%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=5886c9a5-b8b2-47d2-bcc9-6b7e0975a066" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 6. Order Auto-cancellation

Hide or display the Automatic Order Cancellation functionality in the trading interface after a specified period of time has elapsed since its creation.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/d849f5da-ad90-427b-8ead-16df4bdad91a/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 7. DCA order cancellation when closing a position

Hide or display the Automatic Cancellation of Unexecuted Average Orders functionality when fully closing a position.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/1419ea73-f29d-4e11-b346-9138380ce65d/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Stop loss (SL)

✔ Learn how to add a stop loss (SL) on the Finandy platform: Stop Loss tab, % price calculation, risk amount calculation, order type, virtual trigger, level rearrangement.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2FBlI5KhH4PBIfI3J7WZXo%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=ccaef6a3-11b4-4ec9-833e-8315e23e252a" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/9a5f4fdd-43df-44a7-9519-beb440f42b9e/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% content-ref url="/pages/T3l0Zy7EkkLZ4AlNVIsC" %}
[Stop Loss (SL)](/trading/stop-loss)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## **1.** Order Panel Stop Loss (SL) Tab

Hide or show Stop Loss control tab in the trading interface.​

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/19ae772b-1288-49e1-9831-5ca45dcb5d43/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 2. Stop Loss Price Calculation (%)

Hide or show Stop Loss Price Calculation in %' in the trading interface. \
When disabled, the calculation will be based on the position price.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/7f8a880a-4732-4d43-b423-3c124e2ad711/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 3. Risk Amount Calculation

Hide or display "Risk Amount Calculation" in the SL module.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/1886d588-6f1e-4d52-a728-48f9a55439ba/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 4. Stop Loss Order Type

Hide or show "Order type" selection in SL module.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/07623f27-307a-4802-baa8-af5397e14b1f/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 5. Virtual Order Trigger

Hide or show "Virtual trigger" selection in SL module.

<figure><img src="/files/QCMpYCNv14QMSnY0pLmR" alt="" width="324"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 6. Level Reordering

Hide or show "Level Reordering" in SL-module.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/084dee33-7fe3-44b1-9dd2-9bab15699c83/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Any questions? We can help in our Telegram Chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Trailing (SLX)

✔ Learn how to set up stop loss trailing (SLX) on the Finandy platform: tab management, trailing modes, setting stop loss to breakeven, minimum repositioning step and order actions.

<figure><img src="https://1577882158-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FM4fLmMy5vt3Vv1QOjcHL%2Fuploads%2Fczkd6Clsovlz3T92ODxp%2Fimage.png?alt=media&#x26;token=95ce2df7-e47f-42c9-a445-db678d86fcf7" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/447c8034-2ef5-4a18-9a0c-5fd1aedbfd96/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% content-ref url="/pages/LQXZ5labELy4kqkLkyxU" %}
[Trailing Stop (SLX)](/trading/trailing-stop)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## 1. Order Panel Trailing (SLX) tab

Hide or show trailing stop (SLX) tab in the trading interface.​​

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/af2751d9-b839-44ec-b5df-d6bf70ab9f69/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 2. Trailing

Hide or show "Trailing Mode" selection in SLX module.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/ab6a9c2c-d5db-4e49-a6bf-7b09d25acd9c/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **By trigger price** (standard trailing)\
  Read more: [**Trailing price of a currency pair**](/trading/trailing-stop#trailing-price-of-a-currency-pair)
* **By Executed Take Profits**\
  Read more: [**Trailing of completed Take Profits​**](/trading/trailing-stop#trailing-of-completed-take-profits)
* **By Executed Take Profits or by Trigger Price**

## 3. Setting Stop Loss at Breakeven

Hide or show "set SL in Breakeven" function in SLX module.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/a825b66e-ca2d-4a7f-8493-70489fb9d1b7/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 4. Minimum repositioning step

Hide or show "Minimum repositioning step" in SLX module.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/fb1092fc-0ae5-465c-8e0a-f9c221b12143/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 5. Trailing Trigger

Hide or display Trigger Type comparison in SLX module.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/27ef8f97-d06a-45c7-8c18-482556fc908c/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 6. Action on Averaging Orders

Hide or display averaging order action in SLX module. \
If hidden, averaging orders will be canceled upon SLX module activation.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/10ae75f8-dfd6-4206-8150-5f619c8fc68c/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Any questions? We can help in our Telegram Chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Take Profit (TP)

✔ Learn how to set take profit (TP) on the Finandy platform: managing the tab, rearranging the level after averaging, selecting the order type. Detailed guide on how to set take profit.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/78a9e0d8-9514-49f8-9b48-ce006c75165e/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/aa57082d-6c36-4bb8-aa91-aab020fe93e3/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% content-ref url="/pages/DBM2cRSlQmcfetx7NwhQ" %}
[Take Profit (TP)](/trading/take-profit)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## 1. Order Panel Take Profit (TP) tab

Hide or show Take Profit module in trading interface.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/134c5355-396f-463e-80c3-fbfc64e92896/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 2. Reorder TP after Averaging

Hide or display "Level Reordering" in the TP module for repositioning TP order after averaging.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/d2a15595-622e-4074-bf9c-5b8f18680b4c/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 3. Order type

Hide or show "Order type" selection in TP module.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/480b1883-a190-49e7-88fd-975f75877180/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

​

**Any questions? We can help in our Telegram Chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Trading

✔ Learn how to set up trading parameters on the Finandy platform: price and PNL position calculation, position reversal and closing, auto-switching Limit to Stop order, Floating order.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/f17cc859-2773-4a9f-a7f4-a16a0304e9ad/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Remember to click 'Save' button after modifying the settings.

![](/files/5uVmjsbkxC8jXzqMo6M3)
{% endhint %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/kZFT7YHntmnBREeEaE44" %}
[Position price calculation](/settings/settings/trading/position-price-calculation)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/kZFT7YHntmnBREeEaE44" %}
[Position price calculation](/settings/settings/trading/position-price-calculation)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/9Z5pUu8qlVEiJap8X1oS" %}
[Position Reversal](/settings/settings/trading/position-reversal)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/Ng67VuqO984g7l7WbTvM" %}
[Position Closing](/settings/settings/trading/position-closing)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/pxNrSzGVluwb831xMWPl" %}
[Auto-switching from Limit to Stop order](/settings/settings/trading/auto-switching-from-limit-to-stop-order)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/WOx4rqpVtN2KKx7P3m1w" %}
[Floating order](/settings/settings/trading/floating-order)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Position price calculation

✔ Learn how to set up position price calculation in Finandy. Instructions on trading parameters to accurately calculate the price of a position in your account.

<figure><img src="/files/tPippLb5jJedfW1kyZnv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 1. Position price calculation based on all executed orders, taking into account fees (breakeven)

For a precise understanding of risks, Finandy calculates the average position price **by default**, taking into account all executed orders and fees paid upon position opening and closing.

The **"Based on all orders"** default setting ensures a clear assessment of the dynamic breakeven price, considering all executed orders within the position. This allows you to effectively evaluate risks and make informed decisions regarding new actions.

{% hint style="info" %}
With this calculation method, the average position price shifts when partially closing the position:

* Downward if the reducing order price is below the position price.
* Upward if the reducing order price is above the position price.
  {% endhint %}

## 2. Position calculation from increasing executed orders, including fees

For traditional position price calculations, select the option "**Based on executed increasing orders"** and click "Save".

With this setting, only executed orders that average (**increase**) your position will be taken into account.

Partial exits (reductions with realized PnL) of the position are not taken into account when calculating the average position price. This setting is suitable for less frequent actions within the position.

{% hint style="info" %}
The average position price remains unchanged when partially closing the position with this calculation method.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
Finandy displays the total PnL in the position, considering partial close.
{% endhint %}

## 3. Based on executed increasing position orders, EXCLUDING fees

The average position price only changes when increasing the position size (fees are not taken into account).

If there is a partial position closing (reducing the position with realized PnL), it is not considered in the calculation of the average position price.

## More information

### Funding Fee

Funding fee influences a position's average price calculation.

The following example demonstrates the change in an Ethereum position's average price before and after funding. Average position price before funding:

<figure><img src="/files/wZlMmPesMPCoPGev0B3j" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Average position price after funding:

<figure><img src="/files/Md5UvIuZ6zAwplPpHQJV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Average position price calculation:

| Amount         | 1,01             |
| -------------- | ---------------- |
| Position Price | 10,769           |
| Sum            | 10,87669         |
| Fee            | 0,0043           |
| Funding fee    | 0,006            |
| Price cost     | 10,7715742574257 |

The green upward arrow in the funding section indicates a profit for the position, resulting in an improved position price.

A funding red tick down indicates that it is a loss on the position and has worsened the price of the position.

<figure><img src="/files/ErbeGJeiJgyHyMrWES4V" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Please note that:

1. After applying funding, the average position price changes, while the TP/SL remains unchanged.
2. The total funding amount is divided in half when operating in hedging mode, which occurs when both Long and Short positions are open simultaneously.
   {% endhint %}

## FAQ

* [Is it possible to make the position price the same as on Binance?](#is-it-possible-to-make-the-position-price-the-same-as-on-binance)

### Is it possible to make the position price the same as on Binance?

No, because the display of the average position price will always consider fees, while on Binance, the price does not account for order execution fees.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Position PNL Calculation

✔ Learn the settings for calculating PNL position in Finandy. A detailed guide to trading parameters to accurately calculate profits and losses in your account.

Profit calculation is based on all orders or remaining tokens in the position.

<figure><img src="/files/VtWcwLmwrgtzM5XTUzkM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

PNL calculation process varies based on the position type. Below are the formulas for each type.

## 1. Based on all orders

**PnL** includes **ALL** realized profit/loss from partial position closing + the estimated profit/loss that would be realized if the position were closed at the current price.

{% hint style="info" %}
**PNL = \[(Partial closing volume + (Current price x Position quantity)) - Opening volume] x Direction - Commission + Funding**
{% endhint %}

> Direction = 1 if **LONG**\
> Direction = -1 if **SHORT**

Example with a **0.1%** commission:

1. trader buys 1 BTC at 20.000 USDT.
2. sells 0.8 BTC at 25,000 USDT (partial profit will be 4,000 excluding commissions).

Total position PnL at current exchange rate 22,000 USDT will be calculated as follows:

{% hint style="info" %}
**PnL = (25 000 x 0.8 + 22 000 x 0.2 - 20 000 x 1 ) x 1 - ( 25 000 x 0.8 + 22 000 x 0.2 + 20 000 x 1 ) x 0.001 = 4355.6 USDT**
{% endhint %}

In this example, with no funding rate, the profit would either increase or decrease based on the sign of the funding amount.

## 2. Based on remaining position coins

PnL is calculated based only on the remaining coins in the position when it is closed at the current price.

{% hint style="info" %}
**PNL = (Current Price - Position Price) x Position Quantity) - Commission + Funding**
{% endhint %}

> Direction = 1 if **LONG**\
> Direction = -1 if **SHORT**

Example with 0.1% commission:

1. trader buys 1 BTC at 20,000 USDT.
2. sells 0.8 BTC at 25,000 USDT (partial profit will be 4,000 excluding commissions).
3. The position price is equal to the entry price (if the position price calculation formula excluding partial closing is enabled).

The PnL for the remaining 0.2 BTC, at the current exchange rate of the currency pair, which is 22,000 USDT, will be calculated as follows:

{% hint style="info" %}
**PnL = (22 000 - 20 000) x 0.2 - 22 000 x 0.2 х 0.001 х 2 = 391.2 USDT**
{% endhint %}

In this example, with no funding rate, the profit would either increase or decrease based on the sign of the funding amount.

## Additional information

* Funding rate in hedging mode will be divided in half if both **Long** and **Short** positions are open simultaneously on the same currency pair.
* **PNL** will not be displayed correctly if a position mismatch has occurred. These positions cannot be considered for trading and the trader must manually define the **PNL** position.

## FAQ

* [If I have an open position in BTC, how can I buy some BTC and withdraw them without affecting the total PNL of the position?](#if-i-have-an-open-position-in-btc-how-can-i-buy-some-btc-and-withdraw-them-without-affecting-the-tot)

#### If I have an open position on BTC, how can I buy a portion of BTC and withdraw it without affecting the overall PNL of the position?

This option is not available in the terminal.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Position Reversal

✔ Learn how to set up the position reversal function in Finandy. A detailed guide to trading parameters to effectively manage your market positions.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/9c9285bd-c15b-4b15-adb9-1dd13ad9b088/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Clicking the **Position Reversal** button cancels all unfilled orders and generates a new order with a quantity equal to double the position quantity (1) or equal to the position amount + opening amount, depending on the configuration.

## 1. Button display

* Show **Position Reversal** Button on Chart and in Position
* Show Reverse button only in position
* Hide

{% hint style="info" %}
When hedge mode is activated, position reversal button is hidden.
{% endhint %}

## 2. Position reversal calculation formula

### **Position balance x 2**

For example, let's say you open a <mark style="color:green;">**Long**</mark> position with <mark style="color:green;">**100**</mark> tokens. You partially closed the position for <mark style="color:red;">**60**</mark> tokens , leaving <mark style="color:green;">**40**</mark> tokens remaining.\
By clicking on **Position Reversal**, the system will close the remaining **40** tokens and create a <mark style="color:red;">**Short**</mark> position with a quantity of <mark style="color:red;">**40**</mark> <mark style="color:red;">**tokens.**</mark>

### **Opening Balance + Total Position Volume**

For example, let's say you open a <mark style="color:green;">**Long**</mark> position with <mark style="color:green;">**100 tokens.**</mark> You partially closed the position for <mark style="color:red;">**60**</mark> tokens , leaving <mark style="color:green;">**40**</mark> tokens remaining.\
When you click on **Position reversal**, system will close remaining **40** tokens and create a reversal position (<mark style="color:red;">**Short**</mark>) for <mark style="color:red;">**100 tokens**</mark>, which is the same quantity as the initial <mark style="color:green;">**Long**</mark> position.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Position Closing

✔ Learn how to close a position in Finandy. A detailed guide on how to set up trading parameters to successfully close your trades in the market.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/4895e68a-a68e-47e3-8e94-876cd32fb138/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Pressing the close button cancels all pending orders and creates a closing order for an amount equal to the position size.

## **1.** Position closing

* Display the position closing button on the chart and in the position bar
* Show close button only on the position
* Hide

## 2. Closing order type

* ​[**Market order**](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/market-order)
* **​**[**Floating order**](/trading/create-order-grid/order-types/floating-order)​

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Auto-switching from Limit to Stop order

✔ Description of how to set up automatic switching from limit orders to stop orders in Finandy. Learn how to effectively use this feature to manage your trades in the market.

Automatically switches the order type from Limit to Stop-Order if the Limit order is executed at the market price after its creation.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/645c6718-622c-45fb-9ee6-12a008100957/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 1. Keep order type as Limit

In this case, order type does not change.

## 2. Auto-switching to Stop order is enabled

* If the price of a Limit (L) buy order is higher than the current price when created, the order type will be replaced with a **Stop Market** order.
* If the price of a Limit (L) sell order is lower than the current price when created, the order type will also be replaced with a **Stop Market** order.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**&#x200B;

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Floating order

✔ Description of how to set up automatic switching from limit orders to stop orders in Finandy. Learn how to effectively use this feature to manage your trades in the market.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/7901cff7-f99d-431b-97bb-52e54384bb11/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## 1. Timeout between swaps, in seconds

The swap timeout triggers when the floating order price differs from the extreme price in the order book.

## 2. Maximum order execution time, min

Maximum order execution time. If the order fails to be fulfilled within this time, it will be canceled.

## 3. Maximum order price deviation, %

Maximum order price deviation from the starting price in %, exceeding which the order will be canceled.

## 4. Order swapping with dust/residuals

Action to take with a swap order that has a quantity lower than the minimum allowed:

* Wait for execution
* Increase to the minimum allowed
* Cancel the unfilled remainder

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Chart

✔ The guide to configuring display settings and chart functions for optimal data analysis on your account.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/3334ae57-9fb6-4c2f-bacf-ff77f2d8b013/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Remember to click the 'Save' button after modifying the settings.

![](/files/btKCxdaXndMvPSj9sGTU)
{% endhint %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/vGoBEDjGfvI3tRSfqqGx" %}
[DCA´s Average line](/settings/settings/chart/dca-s-average-line)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/z6L7XhHRoyuReaeug4a8" %}
[TP´s Average line](/settings/settings/chart/tp-s-average-line)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/TM9CVdOdg9Sjq59qjp9m" %}
[Show/hide orders on chart](/settings/settings/chart/show-hide-orders-on-chart)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# DCA´s Average line

✔ Learn how to set up and use the DCA averaging line in Finandy for efficient investment management. Detailed guidance and application examples.

Show (1) or hide (2) Grid's average price line on chart.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/66f96b48-2a7f-4d82-858c-8625787c85f6/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# TP´s Average line

✔ Learn how to set up and use the TP averaging line in Finandy to optimise your trading strategies. Detailed guidance and application examples.

Show (1) or hide (2) TP´s average price line on chart.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/d7f634d5-3beb-4bac-bf06-00caba47be78/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Show/hide orders on chart

✔ Learn how to configure how to show and hide orders on the chart in Finandy. The detailed guide will help you improve the visualisation of your trading activity.

Show (1) or hide (2) orders on chart.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/90e0676d-e6ab-42ce-939f-1641c8657015/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Others

✔ Get detailed information about Finandy settings. Learn how to configure the platform to optimise your trading experience. Detailed guide and tips.

{% content-ref url="/pages/ASKLTqLTRvYlNXzh0rPg" %}
[Functions](/settings/info/functions)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/WPXjDbq0oNbtAXfjZKWX" %}
[FAQ](/settings/info/faq)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/DA3GpSCFiZJfUytM0VpO" %}
[Desktop app for MAC](/settings/info/desktop-app-for-mac)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/uzGMNUl4beewvQeQdbZL" %}
[Error codes and solutions](/settings/info/error-codes-and-solutions)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Functions

✔ Learn about the features and functions of Finandy. A detailed description will help you use the platform effectively and optimise your trading strategies.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FZG_4atXAJg>" %}

🔥 **Free subscription**   \
Trade for free with an API key on Binance exchange or Finandy exchange.

🦾 **Futures trading**\
Possibility to open both Long and Short positions using 1-125x leverage. Liquidation price is calculated and the leverage is selected in the order creation form.

💥 [**Hedging mode on Binance Futures**](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zdCNFa0rezw)\
Open Long and Short at the same time and insure risks or use your strategy with averaging.

⭐ **Spot trading**\
Transactions visual representation in position form, calculation of break-even point. Profit on currency growth.

🤖 [**Automatic entry or exit according to the TradingView strategy**](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KvtYvAZfOs4)\
Using your own algorithm written in TradingView's PINE-script, you can create [orders automatically in the terminal](/algo-trading/signals-tradingview).

📡 **Order creation using a signal from your server**\
Enter positions according to your own algorithm using Finandy's powerful infrastructure.

🔍 [**Trailing stop loss**](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S3hulE0TjPU)\
Get maximum profit from each movement impulse using [Trailing Stop Loss](/trading/trailing-stop).

🧬 **Order creation on the Fibonacci Grid**\
Automatic creation, editing and order reordering on the [Fibonacci Grid](/trading/create-order-grid/fibonacci-grid-levels) when an extreme is exceeded.

🚀 **Sophisticated limit control and order creation without delay**\
We thought of working with Exchange's API and now you can trade without delays and bans even with large movements.

💡 **Average position price calculation, taking commission into account**\
Now you do not need to add a commission in your mind when setting up Take Profit, as the position price already includes the full exchange commission.

💸 **Take Profit auto-configuration**\
Auto-adjustment at a certain percentage or at a fixed price, rearranging after averaging at the same distance as before averaging.

➗ [**Splitting Take Profit in a position.**](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=My3wiAEWGFo) \
Convenient creation of multiple take profit orders in a position.

🛑 [**Automatic Stop Loss placement.**](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C2hWJfqgRsQ) \
Auto-placement at a certain percentage or at a fixed price of a virtual order, rearrangement after averaging by the same distance as before averaging, if it is specified in the settings.

🕯 [**Stop loss on trigger candle.**](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7PAu6nyirL8) \
The trigger checks the close price and stop loss level each time the candle closes. If the condition is met, the position is closed by SL. The timeframe is selected in the settings.

🔝 [**Rearranging Stop Loss upon reaching goals (take profit).**](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bhU3Vr2WaSI) \
When the first take profit is reached, the Stop Loss is moved to breakeven, when the second profit is reached, we move it to the price of the first take profit, and so on.

🌊 **Floating order**\
Our author's development that allows you to enter at the best price with a limit order.

⏲ **Auto-cancel order**\
Automatic cancellation of an order after a specified period of time after its creation.

🔒 **Auto-closing a position** \
Cancellation of averaging orders and closing a position if there are no redeemed coins left in it.

📈 **Displaying orders and positions on the chart** \
With the power of TradingView, you can see the price of a position and all filled and unfilled orders directly on the chart.

👉 **Ability to move orders on the chart**\
You can move any outstanding orders, take profits, stop losses, trailing profits on the currency pair chart.

👀 **Preview of TP and SL on the chart before opening a position** \
By default, Take Profit and Stop Loss are set to % of the global settings, but you can manually adjust the price of setting TP and SL on the chart.

💎 **Convenient interface**\
Modern, well-designed, user-friendly interface, honed since 2017.

📣 **Notifications**\
&#x20;Notification of all order transactions and position closures.

**💹 Currency pair ticker**\
Ability to create a list of selected currency pairs, see dynamic price changes, trading volume for 24 hours.

**🛡 Safely** \
2FA, https, API key encryption, secure servers against hacking and DDOS attacks.

**📗 Displaying an order in the order book**\
Convenient order presentation directly in the order book.

🧠 **Sophisticated order creation form**\
We spent an incredible amount of time on tests to develop the most optimal order creation form with the ability to enable / disable position control modules.

🧮 **Averaging (DCA)** \
Calculation of the % lag of a position after averaging the position. The system takes into account all orders that are between the price of the order being created and the price of the position. You can also calculate the number of coins needed for the required % backlog of the position.

🎛 **Position** \
Thoughtful display of a position and a list of orders in it.

💰 **Wallet balances**\
Update balances without reloading the page. Displaying the total market balance and coin balances in orders.

🕶 **Dark theme** \
Nice night theme, although we use it at any time of the day!

💬 **Multilingual** \
So far, there is full localization into 3 languages, but more than 10 languages will be added in the near future.

🖥 **Powerful servers and stable service** \
We host the code on the most powerful servers running in a cluster with load balancing and monitoring to keep the system stable.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Csuy5_i6b58>" %}

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sCyY_Do-uoI>" %}

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KWMjrUE_M2U>" %}

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4qSgLzqeF0c>" %}

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jqgF20t3Kew>" %}

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DZTqga0po6c>" %}


# FAQ

✔ Read our frequently asked questions about working with the Finandy platform. The detailed answers will help you quickly find solutions and optimise your use of the platform.

* [Restart account](#restart-account)
* [How much does a subscription price?](#how-much-does-a-subscription-price)
* [Is the exchange fees taken into account when trading?](#is-the-exchange-fees-taken-into-account-when-trading)
* [Why does the price of a position shift when a take profit is executed?](#why-does-the-price-of-a-position-shift-when-a-take-profit-is-executed)
* [Is it safe to trade through your service? Will my coins be stolen?](#is-it-safe-to-trade-through-your-service-will-my-coins-be-stolen)
* [How can I maximise account security?](#how-can-i-maximise-account-security)
* [I can't connect 2FA, I get a message that code is incorrect.](#i-cant-connect-2fa-i-get-a-message-that-code-is-incorrect.)
* [I have lost access to Google Authenticator, what should I do?](#i-have-lost-access-to-google-authenticator-what-should-i-do)
* [I have changed position control settings, will they be applied automatically?](#i-have-changed-position-control-settings-will-they-be-applied-automatically)
* [Will the exchange ban my account if I earn a lot?](#will-the-exchange-ban-my-account-if-i-earn-a-lot)
* [I want to suggest an improvement or want to add a new feature.](#i-want-to-suggest-an-improvement-or-want-to-add-a-new-feature.)
* [Which Exchanges can I trade on?](#which-exchanges-can-i-trade-on)
* [What is the API trading fee?](#what-is-the-api-trading-fee)
* [I found an error in the service, where to write?](#i-found-an-error-in-the-service-where-to-write)
* [Where can I get an API key to work with the Exchange?](#where-can-i-get-an-api-key-to-work-with-the-exchange)
* [What do the letters L, F, M mean in the order creation form?](#what-do-the-letters-l-f-m-mean-in-the-order-creation-form)
* [Key added, but no balances are displayed](#key-added-but-no-balances-are-displayed)
* [I can't create a position on Futures](#i-cant-create-a-position-on-futures)
* [Tell me, which IP should be whitelisted in API key settings?](#tell-me-what-ip-should-be-indicated-in-the-white-list-in-the-key-settings)
* [Market unavailable](#market-unavailable)
* [How to connect telegram bot to chat in Finandy?](#how-to-connect-telegram-bot-to-chat-in-finandy)
* [I have lost access to telegram bot, what should I do?](#i-have-lost-access-to-telegram-bot-what-should-i-do)

## **Restart account**

{% hint style="warning" %}
For no apparent reason, you do not need to restart your account.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/8n6Ej2jfx8FoQoe1vF0S" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In what cases can it help?\
👉 Wrong balance\
👉 Futures positions out of sync\
👉 Gives an error or does not allow creating an order, or the order disappeared during the rearrangement

On average, an account reboots in about 15 seconds.

## How much does a subscription price?

Trading on the Finandy exchange and trading with an API key on Binance\*\* is free.

\*\* Must have a Binance account without referral codes.

{% content-ref url="/pages/044TCtORvo3sB75YWz7Z" %}
[Trade via API](/exchange/binance/free)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Are the exchange fees taken into account when trading?

Yes, the price of a position takes into account the commission for entering and exiting the transaction. That is, if the price of a long position is 100, then at any price above this, you will close the deal in plus.

Therefore, on the Binance website, the futures price differs from the price in our terminal, since Binance does not take into account the trading fee when calculating the position price.

## Why does the price of a position shift when a take profit is executed?

By default, position price is considered for the current token (contract) balance, taking into account all entry and exit fees for the trade, i.e. this is the actual position breakeven.

If you need to calculate average price for opening orders, you will need to change the account settings and for new positions the price will be calculated without taking into account the position's partial closure.

<figure><img src="/files/18MtHQlwAQjamA9GwqZi" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% content-ref url="/pages/kZFT7YHntmnBREeEaE44" %}
[Position price calculation](/settings/settings/trading/position-price-calculation)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Is it safe to trade through your service? Will my coins be stolen?

There are two ways to trade on Finandy:

1. **On Finandy Exchange**\
   We are an official Binance broker. Trading on Finandy is as safe as trading on Binance.
2. **Via the API key on the Binance exchange**\
   Only orders are handled via the API key. It is impossible to withdraw coins via an API key, unless you give separate permission to do so. This option is disabled by default.

## How can I maximise account security?

1. Enable 2FA;
2. Add a Telegram bot;
3. When trading with an API key, add an allowed IP list;
4. Use a unique complex password on your account;
5. Use a unique email address that you don't use anywhere else.

## I can't connect 2FA, I get a message that code is incorrect.

There may be several solutions:

1. Each time you reload the page a new **QR** code is generated. You may have added the **Finandy** website to the **Google Authenticator** app and then reloaded the page in the terminal. In this case, you must delete the **Finandy** website in the **Google Authenticator** app and scan the new **QR** code from the terminal.
2. You have not synchronised the clock on your phone. In this case you need to synchronise your clock, delete **Finandy's** website in the **Google Authenticator** app and scan the new **QR** code from the terminal.

## I have lost access to Google Authenticator, what should I do?

[Log in](https://finandy.com/auth) with your username and password and click on the link for further instructions.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/0899592a-552b-4be5-8e12-8523e96af8ef/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## I have changed position control settings, will they be applied automatically?

Yes, all changes in position management are automatically applied after pressing the **Save** button in module configuration. In each module, the **Save** button must be pressed separately.

## Will the exchange ban my account if I earn a lot?

Exchanges provide official APIs specifically for trading through them. Exchanges receive commissions from transactions, so they are equally profitable if you trade through the exchange or through the API.

## I want to suggest an improvement or want to add a new feature.

{% embed url="<https://en.logs.finandy.com/feature-requests>" %}

## Which Exchanges can I trade on?

* **Binance** (Spot, Futures)
* **Finandy Exchange** (Spot, Futures)

## What is the API trading fee?

The fee for trading is the same as for trading through the exchange.

## Binance Fees

### [**Spot**](https://www.binance.com/en/fee/schedule)

* By default **0.1%** of trades
* If you enable the Use BNB to pay commissions option, the commission will be 0.075%.

### [**Futures**](https://www.binance.com/en/fee/futureFee)

|           | Fee   | Fee using BNB |
| --------- | ----- | ------------- |
| **Maker** | 0.02% | **0.018%** 🔥 |
| **Taker** | 0.04% | 0.036%        |

**Maker** - an order placed in the order book. It increases market liquidity.\
**Taker** - an order that executes orders in the order book. Reduces market liquidity.

{% hint style="info" %}
If you have BNB coins in your Futures account, you can benefit from a discount on commissions when trading Futures.
{% endhint %}

## I found an error in the service, where to write?

* [Telegram](https://t.me/finandyenbot)

Bugs are fixed with high priority.

## Where can I get an API key to work with the Exchange?

This article details how to add an API key for **Binance:**

{% content-ref url="/pages/WTxT4dj2ywjwPnlN9bPS" %}
[Adding an API Key](/exchange/binance/api-key)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## What do the letters L, F, M mean in the order creation form?

* **L** = **LIMIT** order
* **F** = **Floating** order
* **M** = **Market** order
* **S** = **Stop Limit** order
* **Т = Trailing** order

## Key added, but no balances are displayed

1. Check the APi key access to the market on the Binance website (the market should be checked) Read more: [API keys](/exchange/finandy/api-keys)
2. Try [restarting](/settings/account/restart-account) your account.
3. Either regenerate the key, you may not have copied the key or secret completely

## I can't create a position on Futures

Perhaps you do not have permission in the key or you have a referral code in your account. Read more: [API Keys](/settings/account/api-keys)

If this does not help, write to the [telegram chat](https://t.me/finandy).

## Tell me, what IP should be indicated in the White list in the key settings?

{% content-ref url="/pages/WTxT4dj2ywjwPnlN9bPS" %}
[Adding an API Key](/exchange/binance/api-key)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Market unavailable

The market may be unavailable for trading in several cases:

* API key has not been added to the account.
* API key does not have permission to trade this market.
* Lost connection to the server, you need to [restart](/settings/account/restart-account) your account.
* Account verification required.

If you have not been able to solve your problem, then please [write to support](https://t.me/finandybot).

## How to connect telegram bot to chat in Finandy?

1. If you already have a telegram bot connected in the terminal, then delete it.
2. Create a telegram bot or add an existing bot to the desired chat.
3. Connect the bot in the terminal, just send the authorization message from step 7 not to the bot, but to the chat where you added the bot from step 2 of [this instruction](/settings/account/telegram-bot).

## **I have lost access to telegram bot, what should I do?**

You can restore access to your telegram account by using the secret word, to do this go to **Delete telegram bot - No access to Telegram bot.**


# Desktop app for MAC

✔ Learn how to install and configure the Finandy desktop app for Mac. This detailed guide will help you use the platform effectively on your device

To install the application in the DOC menu, you need a button on the right side of the **Google Chrome** address bar as shown in the picture below.

<figure><img src="/files/C9e5dDBEKtMUgyB81QGF" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Check the box next to **Open in a separate window.**

<img src="/files/gcz2GryvVYSEp7DZx2H9" alt="" width="375">

The application icon will appear in the dock.

<figure><img src="/files/3lSR2LWPhrFSmfIRUNBR" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

And the application itself will look like this:

<img src="/files/HQ04PrrA4FO3291AIvPB" alt="" width="563">

## If there is no create app button in Google Chrome?

You need to go to Google settings, select the item **More tools/Create shortcut (label)**.

<img src="/files/XaBzJaNeySH7RiJr2Crh" alt="" width="563">

and in the dialog box, check the box Open in a new window and click the **Create** button.

<img src="/files/gcz2GryvVYSEp7DZx2H9" alt="" width="563">

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Error codes and solutions

✔ Read about error codes and solutions for working with the Finandy platform. This detailed guide will help you quickly troubleshoot issues and optimise your use of the platform.

Notifications contain messages regarding actions in the terminal. The code number is used for diagnostic purposes.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/cfa7a764-70f2-4676-9fdf-c951b7d9740c/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The following is a list of the codes used, along with a brief explanation:

<details>

<summary>ADDRESS</summary>

* "ADDRESS-E01": "Error loading address"
* "ADDRESS-I01": "Address removed"

</details>

<details>

<summary>ACCOUNT</summary>

* "ACCOUNT-E01": "Failed to send email"
* "ACCOUNT-I01": "Email sent, check your mailbox"
* "ACCOUNT-N01": "Email not confirmed. Check mailbox or send a new email"

</details>

<details>

<summary>ACC</summary>

* "ACC-E01": "Error converting to BNB {{error}}"\ <mark style="color:blue;">Token does not support BNB conversion or repeated conversion within 24 hours. Try again later.</mark>
* "ACC-E02": "Unable to change hedge mode with open positions. Close all positions and cancel all orders and try again"\ <mark style="color:blue;">Info: Hedging mode will change only after closing all positions in the futures market.</mark>
* "ACC-I01": "BNB conversion operation completed"\ <mark style="color:blue;">Information message. The conversion of your tokens has been completed successfully.</mark>
* "ACC-I02": "Position mode changed to «{{mode}}»"

</details>

<details>

<summary>AUTH</summary>

* "AUTH-I01": "Successful account authorization"\ <mark style="color:blue;">Login completed successfully.</mark>
* "AUTH-I02": "Authorization code: {{authCode}}"

</details>

<details>

<summary>BOT</summary>

* "BOT-E01": "Error loading bot"
* "BOT-E02": "Error deleting bot"
* "BOT-E03": "Error copying bot"
* "BOT-E04": "Error saving bot"
* "BOT-E05": "Error loading data from clipboard"
* "BOT-I03": "Bot {{name}} copied"
* "BOT-I04": "Bot {{name}} saved"

</details>

<details>

<summary>CT</summary>

* "CT-E01": "Subscription expired on {{market}}"\ <mark style="color:blue;">Contact master trader for subscription terms. User actions are independent and not related to Finandy terminal.</mark>
* "CT-E02": "Error creating Master account (Copy trading)"
* "CT-E04": "Error deleting Copy trading account"
* "CT-E05": "Error disabling Copy trading account"
* "CT-E06": "Error enabling Copy trading account"
* "CT-E07": "Error loading connected account list"\ <mark style="color:blue;">Информационное сообщение. Мастер-трейдер закрыл текущую позицию. Копирующий получает данное сообщение.</mark>
* "CT-E08": "Error connecting Copy trading account"
* "CT-E09": "Error editing Copy trading account"
* "CT-E10": "Error loading Copy trading history"
* "CT-E11": "Error sending restart command to connected accounts"
* "CT-I01": "Copy trading settings saved"
* "CT-I02": "Order canceled by master (Copy trading)"
* "CT-I03": "Order moved by master (Copy trading)"
* "CT-I05": "Position modified by master (Copy trading)"
* "CT-I06": "Position replaced by master (Copy trading)"
* "CT-I07": "Position closed by master (Copy trading)"\ <mark style="color:blue;">Info: Master trader has closed the current position. Copier receives this message.</mark>
* "CT-I08": "Hedging mode changed by master (Copy trading)"\ <mark style="color:blue;">There are 2 trading modes: Hedge disabled allows reversals, while Hedge enabled prevents reversals. The master determines the hedge mode, which is automatically adjusted for copiers.</mark>
* "CT-I09": "Restart command sent to all connected accounts."
* "CT-I10": "Minimum balance threshold changed by master on {{market}}. Quotes: {{curList}}."
* "CT-I11": "Bulk operation {{action}} completed (Copy trading) with ID: {{bulkId}}."
* "CT-I12": "Grid orders modified by master (Copy trading)."
* "CT-I13": "Bonus size changed by master (Copy trading) in {{market}}. Old bonus: {{oldBonus}}. New bonus: {{newBonus}}. "
* "CT-I14": "Position closed by master (Copy trading)."\ <mark style="color:blue;">Info: Master trader has closed the current position. Copier receives this message.</mark>
* "CT-I15": "Grid orders created by master (Copy trading)."
* "CT-I20": "Copy trading settings saved."
* "CT-N01": "Exiting position (Copy trading) based on profit check."
* "CT-N02": "Master (Copy trading) disconnected or deleted on {{market}}."
* "CT-N03": "Master confirmed connection request."
* "CT-N04": "Master rejected connection request."
* "CT-N05": "Subscription expired on {{market}}."
* "CT-W01": "Position not copied. Balance below Master trader limit: {{minDeposit}}."
* "CT-W02": "Maximum number of open positions reached: {{maxPosQty}}."
* "CT-W03": "Maximum position volume reached: {{maxSum}}."

</details>

<details>

<summary>COINS</summary>

* "COINS-E01": "Error loading coins"
* "COINS-E02": "Error requesting address"
* "COINS-E03": "Error during transfer"
* "COINS-I01": "Funds transfer completed. ID: {{tranId}}"

</details>

<details>

<summary>GRD</summary>

* "GRD-I02": "Grid updated."
* "GRD-I03": "Grid canceled."
* "GRD-I12": "Grid created."

</details>

<details>

<summary>HISTORY</summary>

* "HISTORY-E01": "Error loading history"

</details>

<details>

<summary>FK</summary>

* "FK-I01": "API key «{{descr}}» deleted"

</details>

<details>

<summary>KEY</summary>

* "KEY-I01": "New key added: {{descr}}"
* "KEY-I02": "Key updated: {{descr}}"
* "KEY-E01": "Key connection error. Please check your API key settings on Binance. One of the following actions may be required:

  1\) Extend key after 90 days of usage,

  2\) Enable checkbox in market,

  3\) Specify our server IP addresses in allowed IP list."

  <mark style="color:blue;">Your API key on Binance is not functional. Take recommended actions.</mark>
* "KEY-E02": "Error deleting key"
* "KEY-E03": "Error reloading account"
* "KEY-E04": "Error stopping account"
* "KEY-E05": "Error loading keys"
* "KEY-E06": "Error loading Finandy keys"
* "KEY-E07": "Error editing Finandy key"
* "KEY-E08": "Error deleting Finandy key"

</details>

<details>

<summary>STATE</summary>

* "STATE-E01": "Settings changed in another tab. Refresh page to save favorites or chart changes."
* "STATE-E03": "Error saving state"
* "STATE-E05": "Error retrieving settings ID. Refresh the page."

</details>

<details>

<summary>SVC</summary>

* "SVC-E01": "Error reloading module {{moduleId}}"
* "SVC-I01": "Account ready for trading"
* "SVC-I02": "Account reconfigured"
* "SVC-I03": "Module {{moduleId}} reloaded"
* "SVC-N01": "Hedging mode changed: {{mode}}"
* "SVC-W01": "API connection with {{market}} restarted by exchange. Synchronization in progress."

</details>

<details>

<summary>TPL</summary>

* "TPL-CREATED": "Template created"
* "TPL-SAVED": "Template «{{name}}» saved"
* "TPL-E01": "Error deleting template"

</details>

<details>

<summary>MOD</summary>

* "MOD-L01": "Module disabled: {{id}}"
* "MOD-L02": "Module enabled: {{id}}"

</details>

<details>

<summary>HOOK</summary>

* "HOOK-N01": "Averaging rejected. Exceeded maximum position volume for signal «{{hookName}}»."
* "HOOK-N02": "Averaging rejected. Exceeded maximum position quantity for signal «{{hookName}}»."
* "HOOK-N03": "Pair is blacklisted"
* "HOOK-N04": "Pair is not whitelisted"
* "HOOK-N05": "Maximum position quantity reached"
* "HOOK-N06": "Timeout has not expired"
* "HOOK-N07": "Maximum position volume reached"
* "HOOK-N08": "Maximum position volume for this webhook reached"
* "HOOK-N09": "Pair is blacklisted"
* "HOOK-N10": "Pair is not whitelisted"
* "HOOK-N11": "Multiple averaging disabled"
* "HOOK-N12": "There is a loss in the position"
* "HOOK-I08": "Order created to close position based on signal «{{hookName}}»"
* "HOOK-E07": "Averaging error: «{{error}}» for signal «{{hookName}}»"
* "HOOK-E12": "Error creating order for signal «{{hookName}}» on pair {{pair}}."
* "HOOK-E13": "Signal {{hookId}} configured for wrong market: {{market}}"
* "HOOK-E14": "Signal {{hookId}} rejected. Subscription expired"
* "HOOK-E20": "Error starting the hook"
* "HOOK-E21": "Error adding the signal"
* "HOOK-E22": "Error deleting the signal"
* "HOOK-E23": "Error saving the signal"
* "HOOK-E24": "Error pasting from clipboard"
* "HOOK-I23": "Signal saved"
* "HOOK-I24": "Signal imported"
* "HOOK-W01": "Warning in signal «{{hookName}}». Cannot use positionSide = BOTH in hedging mode. Change to LONG or SHORT"
* "HOOK-W02": "Attention. Check currency pair name in signal {{hookName}}, Should be without curly brackets."

</details>

<details>

<summary>ORD</summary>

* "ORD-SLC-I01": "SLC order sent to API"
* "ORD-SLB-I01": "SLB order sent to API"
* "ORD-SLX-I01": "SLX order created"
* "ORD-SLX-I02": "SL order switched to virtual type as real SL cannot be set together with real take profits"
* "ORD-SL-I01": "SL order created"
* "ORD-SL-I02": "SL order switched to virtual type as real SL cannot be set together with real take profits"
* "ORD-VO-I01": "Virtual order sent to API"
* "ORD-E01-AMOUNT\_LT\_MIN\_MARKET": "Order quantity of {{amt}} {{cur}} is below minimum allowed value of {{minMarketQty}} {{cur}}. Please increase order volume"
* "ORD-E01-AMOUNT\_GT\_MAX\_MARKET": "Order quantity of {{amt}} {{cur}} exceeds maximum allowed value of {{maxMarketQty}} {{cur}}. Please decrease order volume"
* "ORD-E01-AMOUNT\_LT\_MIN\_LIMIT": "Order quantity of {{amt}} {{cur}} is below minimum allowed value of {{minQty}} {{cur}}. Increase order volume"
* "ORD-E01-AMOUNT\_GT\_MAX\_LIMIT": "Order quantity of {{amt}} {{cur}} exceeds maximum allowed value of {{maxQty}} {{cur}}. Please decrease order volume."
* "ORD-E01-PRICE\_LT\_MIN": "{{field}} {{value}} {{cur}} is below minimum allowed value of {{minPrice}} {{cur}}."
* "ORD-E01-PRICE\_GT\_MAX": "{{field}} {{value}} {{cur}} exceeds maximum allowed value of {{maxPrice}} {{cur}}."
* "ORD-E01-PRICE\_LT\_MIN\_DEV": "{{field}} {{value}} {{cur}} below minimum allowed deviation of {{minPctPrice}} {{cur}}"
* "ORD-E01-PRICE\_GT\_MAX\_DEV": "{{field}} {{value}} {{cur}} exceeds maximum allowed deviation of {{maxPctPrice}} {{cur}}"
* "ORD-E01-SUM\_LT\_MIN": "Order volume of {{sum}} {{cur}} is below minimum allowed value of {{minSum}} {{cur}}. Increase order volume."
* "ORD-E01-MAX\_ORDERS": "Maximum open orders reached = {{maxNumOrders}}"
* "ORD-E01-MAX\_ALGO\_ORDERS": "Reached maximum algo order limit = {{maxNumAlgoOrders}}. Review your Stop orders"
* "ORD-E02-2": "Insufficient balance to place order"
* "ORD-E03-1013": "Order volume below minimum allowed value. Increase order volume"
* "ORD-E03-2011": "Error creating order. Pair may not be available for trading."
* "ORD-E03-2015": "No market access for order creation. Check API key permission or recreate the key"
* "ORD-E03-2019": "Error creating order. Insufficient funds for collateral."
* "ORD-E03-2027": "Max position volume reached for this leverage. Create order with lower leverage"
* "ORD-E03-3006": "Maximum loan volume exceeded. Consider using virtual SL instead of real TP and SL"
* "ORD-E03-3028": "Pair not tradable in margin market"
* ORD-E03-4046": "Order creation error: No need to change margin type",\ <mark style="color:blue;">The following steps should be taken:</mark>\ <mark style="color:blue;">1. Set the Iso margin type for this token and open a position with it.</mark>\ <mark style="color:blue;">2. Close a position with it and set cross margin.</mark>\ <mark style="color:blue;">3. Repeat the actions for verification.</mark>\ <mark style="color:blue;">At the initial point in time, the partner exchange may not know the margin type. By following the steps above you will synchronise the data between the terminal and the partner exchange.</mark>
* "ORD-E03-4047": "Cannot open isolated and cross positions on same currency pair."
* "ORD-E03-4061": "Position mode changed. Please retry order creation."
* "ORD-E03-4164": "Order volume below minimum allowed value. Increase order volume."\ <mark style="color:blue;">The Finandy terminal cannot send a trade order that does not comply with the rules. The minimum order size is determined by the partner exchange. Traders should familiarise themselves with the</mark> [<mark style="color:blue;">trading rules</mark>](https://www.binance.com/en/futures/trading-rules/perpetual/)<mark style="color:blue;">.</mark>
* "ORD-E05": "Error creating order"
* "ORD-E04-4": "Error creating order"
* "POS-E06": "Cannot create multiple positions in same pair without hedging mode"
* "ORD-E09": "Error: Cannot move order that is canceled or completed"
* "ORD-E16-3": "No market access to create order. Check API key permission or recreate the key."
* "ORD-E16--": "Error: Invalid margin type. Please retry order creation or switch margin type (Isolated / Cross)."
* "ORD-E17": "Subscription expired for {{market}}"
* "ORD-I01": "Order created"
* "ORD-I02": "Order moved"
* "ORD-I03": "Order canceled"
* "ORD-I04": "Virtual order moved"
* "ORD-I10": "Order created based on signal «{{hookName}}»"
* "ORD-I12": "Grid canceled"
* "ORD-I13": "Order created to decrease position based on signal «{{hookName}}»"
* "ORD-N01": "Order status after cancellation: {{status}}"
* "ORD-W01": "Error, Binance cannot accept order cancellation via API CANCEL\_REJECTED\[-2011]. Cancel the order on the exchange's website or try again later."

</details>

<details>

<summary>PORD</summary>

* "PORD-D02": "Order partially executed"
* "PORD-D03": "Order executed"
* "PORD-E02": "Error updating order"

</details>

<details>

<summary>PGRD</summary>

* "PGRD-D01": "New grid created"
* "PGRD-D02": "Grid updated"

</details>

<details>

<summary>POS</summary>

* "POS-I01": "Position closed"
* "POS-I02": "Position successfully modified"
* "POS-I03": "Position moved to Exchange"
* "POS-I04": "Closing position order created"
* "POS-I08": "Bulk action «{{action}}» completed with ID: {{bulkId}}"
* "POS-L01": "Position created"

</details>

<details>

<summary>SETTINGS</summary>

* "SETTINGS-E01": "Error saving settings"
* "SETTINGS-E02": "Error changing password"
* "SETTINGS-E03": "Error enabling 2FA"
* "SETTINGS-E04": "Error disabling 2FA"
* "SETTINGS-E05": "Error loading session"
* "SETTINGS-I01": "Settings saved"
* "SETTINGS-I02": "Password changed"
* "SETTINGS-I03": "2FA activated"
* "SETTINGS-I04": "2FA disabled"

</details>

<details>

<summary>SCRIPT</summary>

* "SCRIPT-E01": "Error loading scripts"
* "SCRIPT-E02": "Error saving script"
* "SCRIPT-E03": "Error deleting script"
* "SCRIPT-E04": "Error loading script"
* "SCRIPT-I02": "Script saved and compiled"
* "SCRIPT-W02": "Script saved, compilation error"

</details>

<details>

<summary>STATS</summary>

* "STATS-E01": "Error loading reports"
* "STATS-E02": "Error saving reports"
* "STATS-E03": "Error updating data
* "STATS-E04": "Report deletion error"
* "STATS-I02": "Report saved"

</details>

<details>

<summary>SUBSCR</summary>

* "SUBSCR-E01": "Error fetching address"
* "SUBSCR-E02": "Error verifying subscription"
* "SUBSCR-E03": "Error loading history"
* "SUBSCR-I01": "Subscription extended until {{date}}"
* "SUBSCR-N01": "No new payments"
* "SUBSCR-W01": "Subscription expired for {{marketId}}"
* "SUBSCR-W02": "Subscription expired"
* "SUBSCR-W03": "Subscription expires on {{dt}} for {{marketId}}"
* "SUBSCR-W04": "Subscription expires: {{dt}}"

</details>

<details>

<summary>TELEGRAM</summary>

* "TELEGRAM-E01": "Error creating Telegram bot"
* "TELEGRAM-E02": "Error deleting Telegram bot"
* "TELEGRAM-E03": "Error while switching"
* "TELEGRAM-E04": "Error loading Telegram bot"
* "TELEGRAM-I01": "Telegram bot is running"
* "TELEGRAM-I02": "Telegram bot is stopped"
* "TELEGRAM-I03": "Telegram bot is configured"
* "TELEGRAM-I04": "Telegram bot has joined the chat"

</details>

<details>

<summary>TPL</summary>

* "TPL-E01": "Template with the same name already exists"

</details>


# OKX (via API-key)

✔ Learn how to set up and use the OKX Exchange on the Finandy platform. A detailed integration and trading guide will help you manage your assets efficiently.

## Connecting OKX

Finandy service enables trading on [OKX](https://www.okx.com/join/9132713) through a free API key. To connect to trading via API on the OKX exchange partner, follow these steps:

1. Register on OKX [using this link →](https://www.okx.com/join/9132713)
2. Deposit funds into your [OKX](https://www.okx.com/join/9132713) exchange account
3. Navigate to Futures using the [LINK](https://www.okx.com/trade-swap/btc-usdt-swap), click "Update to trade," and in the opened window, press the "Switch" button (as shown in the image below).

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/1bf0f841-7693-4fae-8d1b-04cb5f39941a/tg_image_658540016.jpeg" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/3j9Yksd4Q5N1omIPr06J" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4\. Log in to your Finandy account and select Account / API Keys

5\. Click the **"Connect OKX"** button.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/c5242502-4f13-4a03-b219-11548c3f0a56/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6\. Fast API creation menu is displayed

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/e6bf020d-74d7-4fdd-871e-2f60d4400dae/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

7\. After connecting, you will be redirected to the original Finandy service page, which will automatically display the API key created during connection.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/0f7f58d4-1423-483c-9f9f-a3f7a14d48d6/image.png" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Possible errors

**Processing API key creationError: OKX API error: Fast API is allowed to create only one API KEY**

<figure><img src="/files/JnLcr93DO0RPCB38xiTc" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This error indicates that you have previously connected to Finandy.You need to delete the API key in OKX and try again.To delete the API key in OKX you need to:

1. Log in to your OKX Exchange account and select Account - API

<figure><img src="/files/qIe3UrYBw8GeBlUBKTfz" alt="" width="371"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Delete all API keys by clicking the **Delete** button.

## Delete an API key

To delete an exchange API key, go to Account / API Keys (1) in Finandy's website and click on Delete (2).

{% hint style="info" %}
Warning! If you plan to delete the key on OKX, it is necessary to delete it on Finandy terminal as well.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/YpTt9C3qPI2TK5gAnAxe" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Frequently asked questions

### What are the restrictions if there is a previously created account without reference code/with a different reference code in OKX exchange?

There are no restrictions or additional conditions for these accounts.

### I use the OKX API for third party services and not just Finandy. Will the API conflict?

Yes, there can be conflicts. This type of activity is not regulated, so all risks are entirely at the user's own risk.

### Can I trade on OKX / Binance / Finandy at the same time?

Yes, it is possible to trade on all three platforms.

### Is it safe to connect the terminal to OKX exchange?

Upon connection, an API key is generated, which only has access to the IP of our servers.The procedure is the same as creating a key manually in OKX and adding it to our service.Finandy terminal stores the API key in encrypted form.

Do you have any questions? We will help you in our [Telegram chat](https://t.me/finandy).


# Finandy (exchange)

✔ Description of Finandy Exchange settings and functions. A detailed guide to integrating and using the platform will help you effectively manage your trading operations.

Finandy exchange operates on the Binance broker program, providing users with all the trading advantages offered by the Binance exchange:

* Binance wallets
* Low Binance fees
* All orders are placed in Binance's order book, so you get the same liquidity as on Binance.

And the trader also gets full functionality of Finandy for free.

{% content-ref url="/pages/Ak5AqU66W6NobDwq1vzK" %}
[Deposit](/exchange/finandy/deposit)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/KBp4YQzxwrgVcu3uF2G7" %}
[Transfer between markets](/exchange/finandy/transfer)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/1H35a4fz1uOGOL5U0o5S" %}
[Withdrawals](/exchange/finandy/withdraw)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/FPyzrNtFfqeTfphLCmew" %}
[Trading Fees](/exchange/finandy/trading-fees)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/oRBzDZqBRqtSukQJsxwR" %}
[Account verification](/exchange/finandy/account-verification)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Deposit

✔ Learn how to make a deposit on the Finandy Exchange. This detailed guide will help you quickly and easily fund your trading account for efficient asset management

Transfer funds to your account's wallet address to start trading on Finandy:

1. Access your account, go to Finandy Exchange, and choose "Wallets" from the menu.

<figure><img src="/files/Z8tPiKOd1xazh8Xl4KVe" alt="" width="365"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Click on "Deposit" tab.

<figure><img src="/files/KCcWs95VoQNs0uHLW1k3" alt="" width="384"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Select the desired **asset** and **network**. The deposit address will be displayed on the right side.

<figure><img src="/files/w0dG4ujBxFFF0lNXi7h7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## How to locate your deposit?

{% hint style="info" %}
The time it takes for your deposit to complete depends on the token, network speed, and number of confirmations needed. Generally, it takes around 3-5 minutes.
{% endhint %}

**‌1.** Log in to your account and select **Finandy Exchange** (SPOT market).

<figure><img src="/files/zOpXB2mACQFiyVobZqJj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Select 'Wallets' option from menu.

<figure><img src="/files/12McIfA0YqwMTNZ2PBzx" alt="" width="304"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. Select "Deposit" tab.

<figure><img src="/files/WLYPmiZNfIU1iZ15Qu4D" alt="" width="384"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Select the desired **asset** and **network**, and click the "Update" button next to "**Recent Deposits**".

<figure><img src="/files/ooAHksz6UG2F573TiFuq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Most cryptocurrencies have a block explorer where you can track transactions using TxID. If your transaction appears in the block explorer, your deposit will soon be displayed in your transaction history.

If your deposit doesn't appear in the history after 4 hours, please contact Finandy customer service.

{% embed url="<https://t.me/FinandyENbot>" %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Attention**! For security purposes, withdrawals of funds will be available no earlier than 72 hours after making a deposit.
{% endhint %}

## If your deposit has not been credited to your Finandy Exchange account

If you cannot find your deposit in your Finandy Exchange account, there could be several reasons:

### Wrong data

The transaction was incorrectly sent to the blockchain from the sender's wallet. Please double-check the recipient address, it should match the one provided to you on Finandy terminal.

Verify and confirm the transaction status. Contact the sender's service if there are any issues with incorrect data.

### The deposit transaction might not have been received on the block chain

Transactions are not instantaneous and require "**Confirmations"**. Confirmations occur when miners verify that transactions are legitimate. You need to wait for your transaction to be added to the block chain and further confirmations will occur as new blocks are added.

{% hint style="info" %}
Note: Finandy Exchange does not control transaction confirmations, as they are performed by miners in the blockchain.
{% endhint %}

**Transactions with higher fees are more likely to be added to a block first.**

### **The time required for confirmation depends on several factors. Here are some of them**:

* The transaction fee paid at the time of sending. The higher the fee, the faster the transfer.&#x20;
* The number of transactions pending confirmation on the network. As a rule, the more transactions in the queue, the longer your deposit is confirmed.&#x20;
* If the transaction from the sending wallet is successful, you should use the appropriate block explorer for your coin to check if it is on the block chain.&#x20;
* If you cannot find your specific transaction in the respective block explorer, it means that it was not successfully sent from a third-party service unrelated to Finandy Exchange.&#x20;
* If you can find your transaction in the block explorer, please ensure that the transaction was sent to your correct Finandy Exchange address and also check the transaction status.&#x20;
* If the status is "Failed", this indicates a problem and you should contact the sender's service.&#x20;
* If the status is "OK", "Unconfirmed" or "Confirmed", it means that the transaction was successful and will soon be credited to Finandy Exchange, if the correct address was entered.

### Wallet Maintenance

When a wallet is under maintenance, transactions will not be processed. Unfinished deposits will be received once the wallet is back online.

### Unsupported smart contract algorithms

Finandy does not currently accept transactions sent via a smart contract.&#x20;

Finandy Exchange recommends sending deposits without using smart contracts.

{% hint style="info" %}
A **smart contract** is a way to send funds and information that is triggered by certain rules. Ethereum ERC tokens are the only type we support that can execute smart contracts.
{% endhint %}

If you send a deposit to Finandy Exchange using a smart contract, when checking the transaction details in the block explorer, it may appear as successfully sent, but the transaction may not be received in your account.

Do not send tokens that are not listed on the platform to the provided Ethereum address. Such tokens will be considered lost and cannot be recovered.

## Support ticket

In case your block explorer shows a successful transaction but your deposit is not received, we recommend referring to the mentioned cases to resolve the issue. For additional help, kindly create a support ticket with comprehensive information, including dates, times, amounts, and transaction IDs.

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandyenbot>" %}


# Transfer between markets

✔ Learn how to transfer funds between marketplaces on Finandy Exchange. A detailed guide will help you manage your assets easily and securely with the transfer functions.

## Transfer from Spot to Futures

1. Log in to your account, go to Finandy Exchange section and select "Wallets" menu.

<figure><img src="/files/lwGQe1xJiHWOcjCRk7Fo" alt="" width="365"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Select "Transfer" tab.

<figure><img src="/files/kKYyphU0wjUINISedHbT" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. Select a token, for example, **USDT.**
4. Enter **amount** to transfer.
5. Click **Confirm** button.

<figure><img src="/files/8ElaePeixy2UehrGYyLF" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Transfer from Futures to Spot

Follow the same steps as described above, but select "**Futures → Spot**" as the transfer direction.

## Translation history

Below the transfer creation form, there is a history of recent transfers between markets.

<figure><img src="/files/Wgb3vbXvmITEYT3FILwZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Liquidity

✔ Learn how to manage liquidity on Finandy. This detailed guide will help you to effectively use the platform to ensure high liquidity in your trading operations.

At Finandy Exchange, you have the option to choose liquidity. Liquidity determines trading instrument selection and order processing. For instance, opting for OKX liquidity grants access to all currency pairs, order book, and order execution provided by OKX Exchange.

## Liquidity switch

1. Open account page.
2. Choose 'Liquidity' from the menu.
3. Select the liquidity you plan to trade through the Finandy platform.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/759bfbe2-2ee6-453d-950f-855445263d06/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Note: Changing liquidity will result in the following modifications:

1. Deposit addresses and balances will update, as each liquidity has its own associated wallets.
2. Current positions will refresh in the selected liquidity's position list. It is advisable to close all positions before changing liquidity.
3. Automatic transfer of USDT balance when changing liquidity will be available from March 15th (before this date, the transfer must be done manually through the blockchain network).
   {% endhint %}

## Limitations

On a verified account, you can connect up to 20 sub-accounts on the Finandy exchange in each liquidity group. Hence, the maximum number of sub-accounts is 40 (20 sub-accounts for OKX and 20 sub-accounts for Binance).

## FAQ

### What are the advantages of using OKX liquidity instead of FastAPI?

Currently, there is no difference, as you are utilizing the OKX infrastructure in both cases. However, in the future, additional incentives are planned for trading on our exchange.

### Do I need to go through a verification process on OKX?

Verification is a one-time process, granting access to all liquidity options on the Finandy exchange.

### Who handles the storage and transmission of my personal data?

Data is within the Binance ecosystem.

### What if the token is not supported in one of the liquidity groups (i.e., it's on Binance but not on OKX)?

If the token is not available in the selected liquidity, you won't be able to trade with it. You can withdraw it to an external wallet or switch to another liquidity where the token is compatible for trading.

**Any other questions? We're here to assist you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Withdrawals

Learn how to withdraw funds from Finandy. This detailed guide will help you safely and quickly make a withdrawal from your trading account.

{% hint style="info" %}
WARNING! Withdrawals are locked for 3 days:

* after password change
* after Telegram bot activation
* after adding secret word
* after 2FA activation
* after deposit (for unverified accounts)
  {% endhint %}

Withdrawals from Finandy exchange are processed from the spot market, so if you have funds in futures, please first transfer funds to the spot market.

<figure><img src="/files/CFUAccsKpvJ7QFN00LKv" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% content-ref url="/pages/KBp4YQzxwrgVcu3uF2G7" %}
[Transfer between markets](/exchange/finandy/transfer)
{% endcontent-ref %}

1. Open **"Wallets"** page in main menu.

<figure><img src="/files/8N9spSYTEdyokSzFn9os" alt="" width="387"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Open **Withdrawal** page, and **select** token.

<figure><img src="/files/zzkDHZtgkCpnMrN21rtM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. Fill out the details on the right side of the new address form:
   1. Name
   2. Network
   3. Аddress
   4. Security codes, then click "Confirm".

<figure><img src="/files/sWcmIfyrbmHWjAxp0QSC" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. After Address creation, provide token amount, security codes, and confirm the transaction.

<figure><img src="/files/AHUiAVJVzuaYUiQiCEPd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Important: Commission fees and minimum withdrawal amounts vary for each pair.
{% endhint %}

After creating a withdrawal, you will receive a notification in the terminal and Telegram bot if connected in settings.

You can cancel the withdrawal within 15 seconds of creating it if you made a mistake.

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Attention**! Unverified accounts can make withdrawals 72 hours after making a deposit for security reasons.
{% endhint %}

## Withdrawal History

Check the withdrawal status in the '**Recent Withdrawals**' section by clicking 'Refresh'.

<figure><img src="/files/10UbhFn7v9zgJNvGZVWR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Withdrawal limits

Verified users with email confirmation have a daily withdrawal limit of <mark style="color:green;">**5 BTC**</mark>.

Identity-verified users have a daily limit of <mark style="color:green;">**50 BTC**</mark>.

## Transfers to third-party wallets

We highly advise sending funds from Finandy Exchange to wallets under your full control, including local wallets and external services where you have personal account control.

When sending funds to a third-party wallet that you don't control, ensure the transaction passes through your personal 'intermediary wallet'.

Do not make transactions directly to external wallets using your Finandy account. We are not responsible for the secure completion of your transaction.

## **Withdrawal not received**

**Transferring funds from your Finandy account to another exchange or wallet involves 3 stages:**

* Application submission.
* Blockchain network confirmation.
* Deposit on the corresponding platform.

The TxID is typically generated within 2 hours, indicating a successful transaction. Please note that it may take some time for the transaction to be confirmed and funds to be credited to the specified service.

Track your transaction using the TxID on the block explorer of the respective cryptocurrency. Once your transaction is visible, expect to receive your withdrawal soon.

If your withdrawal doesn't appear on the block explorer after 4 hours, please contact Finandy customer support by opening a support ticket.

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandyenbot>" %}

## Withdrawal Errors

### **Binance API error: Broker account is prohibited from transfer**

Your account is blocked from transfers. Please contact Finandy technical support for assistance.

### **Binance API error: You have reached the withdrawal limit for this account. If you need to withdraw funds, please contact your account manager for further assistance.**

Broker's daily withdrawal limit has been reached, please try to withdraw funds later.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Trading Fees

✔ Description of trading commissions on the Finandy Exchange. This detailed guide will help you understand the commission structure and optimise your trading costs.

Finandy platform fees are the same as Binance exchange fees for regular user level.

## Spot

**0.1%**

## **Futures**

**0.05%** for Taker\
(when the order matches the order book).

**0.02%** for Maker\
(when the order is placed in the order book).

## Additionally

* There are no fee reductions based on trading volume.
* There are no fee reductions in BNB on the Finandy exchange.
* Commissions are taken into account upon opening a trading pair and are determined within the breakeven line.
* You can find more detailed information about the commission rates by following this link: [Fee](https://www.binance.com/en/fee/schedule)

## Funding Fees

When using **Hedge mode**, the funding rate is not allocated to a particular position (<mark style="color:green;">**Long**</mark> or <mark style="color:red;">**Short**</mark>) by Finandy. Instead, all funding is evenly divided between <mark style="color:green;">**Long**</mark> and <mark style="color:red;">**Short**</mark> positions.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# Account verification

✔ Learn how to verify your account on Finandy. This detailed guide will help you quickly and successfully verify your identity for safe trading.

Trading on the Finandy exchange is only available to verified users.

{% hint style="success" %}
Please note that you can copy up to 20 times the verification of the main account to the connected profiles. That is, for 1 verified identity you can connect up to 20 accounts on Finandy Exchange on each liquidity.
{% endhint %}

## How to copy verification to connected profiles?

1\. Create an account (if you already have an account, skip this point) on [Finandy.com](https://finandy.com) and select Finandy exchange.

2\. Verify your identity on the **Account / Verification** page.

3\. Create another account on [Finandy.com](https://finandy.com) using a different browser or private mode (incognito).

4\. Add the profile from step 3 to the main account from step 1 on the **Account / Profiles page.**

5\. While in the main account, switch to the connected account and go to **Account / Verification.**

<figure><img src="/files/eZ7bWxMJ0pbYiCHcibLT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6\. Click the "Copy verification from main profile" button.

<figure><img src="/files/PVJ4KAKp4nsBdeOJqf4H" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## How do I verify my identity?

1\. Go to Account page.

<figure><img src="/files/SvujwRvcDZTEHO88B4da" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2\. Select 'Identity Verification' and click "Start Verification".

<figure><img src="/files/YYXQkOy8GzHcyOU7RSCn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3\. Select your Residence Country in the pop-up window and click **Continue**.

<figure><img src="/files/ULTx0ClzLQgQyCmiGneG" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4\. Indicate your citizenship and provide complete name and date of birth.

<figure><img src="/files/hXm97dLdKodqoi69RA7g" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5\. Choose issuing country and document type.

<figure><img src="/files/7rdakxWDgzzR67KsyCHy" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6\. Upload or capture document photo.

<figure><img src="/files/eOkFrEHbJQCgKJGqkceF" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

7\. Upload your selfie.

Your account will be verified or declined after approximately 1-3 hours.

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# API keys

✔ Learn how to create and manage API keys on Finandy Exchange. This detailed guide will help you securely integrate and use APIs to automate trading.

Create API keys at Finandy Exchange for external trading or analytics purposes.

{% hint style="info" %}
API keys can be added to Finandy terminal for trading on Binance exchange using the API key.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/i82TOfpRcVyHyaZV09j2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Select **Finandy** exchange in the top right corner and navigate to the **Account/API Keys menu.**

<figure><img src="/files/x2FIeJinNUO2tHi0yIDj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Enter a name.
2. Ensure that the API key has the necessary permissions for trading. \ <mark style="color:red;">**By unchecking all checkboxes, the key is limited to read-only permissions.**</mark>
3. Add a list of authorized IP addresses for API key usage.
4. Click "Create API key".

## **Note**

1. White lists CANNOT contain addresses that begin with:

* 192.168.*.\**
* 172.*.*.\*
* 10.*.*.\*
* 127.*.*.\*
* 0.0.0.0

2\. Learn more about API and endpoints here:

{% embed url="<https://binance-docs.github.io/apidocs/spot/en/#general-info>" %}

**Do you have any questions? We can help you in our Telegram chat.**

{% embed url="<https://t.me/finandy>" %}


# About futures

✔ Information about trading futures on Finandy. A detailed guide will help you understand the features and benefits of trading futures on the platform.

{% content-ref url="/pages/PcSw1a763RMRpuUOyenW" %}
[Trading Rules](/exchange/finandy/futures-info/trading-rules)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/69ukUSpbnjuJttqwk1PO" %}
[Leverage and Margin](/exchange/finandy/futures-info/leverage-and-margin)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/G0q6Nk5PqPvF8HZDkk9P" %}
[Differences Between a Perpetual Contract and a Traditional Futures Contract](/exchange/finandy/futures-info/differences-between-a-perpetual-contract-and-a-traditional-futures-contract)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/LS2dtF6RR2rqnKKfJGVd" %}
[Mark Price in USDⓈ-M futures](/exchange/finandy/futures-info/mark-price-in-usds-m-futures)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/zH4FibNHWdgLk5aSPs0S" %}
[Liquidation](/exchange/finandy/futures-info/liquidation)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Trading Rules

Last updated 30/05/2023

Finandy is a partnered broker of Binance and fully adheres to the trading rules set by Binance.

For the latest information on minimum order size, commissions, liquidation fees, and more, please refer to [THERE](https://www.binance.com/en/futures/trading-rules/perpetual/).\ <br>

*\*Disclaimer: The numbers in this article are subject to change without further notice.*


# Leverage and Margin

Last updated 28/05/2023

At **Finandy Futures**, traders can trade with leverage ranging from 1 to 125 on our perpetual cryptocurrency contracts.

The maximum leverage available to users is determined by the size of their positions. In general, larger positions have lower allowable leverage.

Therefore, the calculation of the initial margin is based on the chosen leverage level.

For the most up-to-date information on leverage, please check [HERE](https://www.binance.com/en/futures/trading-rules/perpetual/leverage-margin).

*\*Disclaimer: The numbers in this article are subject to change without further notice.*


# Differences Between a Perpetual Contract and a Traditional Futures Contract

Last updated 28/05/2023

* ***Mark Price:*** To avoid market manipulations and to ensure that the Perpetual Contract is price-matched to the Spot Price, we utilize Mark Price to calculate unrealized Profit and Loss for all traders.
* ***Initial and Maintenance Margin:*** Traders should be extremely familiar with both Initial and Maintenance Margin levels, in particular, the Maintenance Margin, where auto-liquidation will occur. It is strongly recommended that traders liquidate their positions above the Maintenance Margin to avoid higher fees from auto-liquidations.
* ***Funding:*** Payments between all longs and shorts in the Perpetual Futures Market. The Funding Rate determines which party is the payer and the payee. If the rate is positive, longs pay short; If negative, shorts pay longs.
* ***Risk:*** Unlike Spot Markets, Futures Markets allow traders to place large orders that are not fully covered by their initial collateral. This is known as ‘margin trading.’ As markets have become more technologically advanced, the amount of available margin has increased.&#x20;

In order to ensure long-term convergence between the Perpetual Contract and the Mark Price, we use Funding. There are several key concepts that traders should be aware of in a Perpetual Contract:

The Perpetual Contract is an attempt to take advantage of a Futures Contract - specifically, the non-delivery of the actual commodity - while mimicking the behavior of the Spot market in order to reduce the price gap between the Futures Price and the Mark Price. This is a marked improvement compared to the traditional Futures Contract, which can have prolonged or even permanent differences versus the Spot Price.

As this gap widens, the contract’s carrying costs increase, the potential future price becomes more uncertain, and the potential price gap between the Spot and traditional Futures markets grows larger.

As such, someone is physically holding the wheat, which results in ‘carrying costs’ for the contract. Additionally, the price for wheat may differ depending on how far apart the current time and the future settlement time for the contract is.&#x20;

Consider a Futures Contract for a physical commodity, like wheat (or gold), as an example. In traditional futures markets, these contracts are marked for delivery of the wheat - in other words, the wheat should be delivered according to the contract when the futures contract expires.&#x20;

A Perpetual Contract is similar to a traditional Futures Contract, but the key difference is: There is no expiration or settlement of Perpetual Contracts.

*\*Disclaimer: The numbers in this article are subject to change without further notice.*


# Mark Price in USDⓈ-M futures

Last updated 28/05/2023

## **C**alculation&#x20;

The calculation of Mark Price is intricately linked to the Funding Rate and vice versa. It is highly recommended to read both sections to get a full picture of how the system works.

As Unrealized PnL is the primary driver of liquidations, and as the Perpetual Contract allows for highly leveraged (up to 125x) positions, it is important to ensure that the Unrealized PnL calculation is accurate to avoid unnecessary liquidations.&#x20;

The underlying contract for the Perpetual Contract is the ‘true’ value of the Contract, and an average of the prices on the major markets constitutes the “Price Index” which is the primary component of Mark Price.

The Price Index is the primary component of Mark Price. It is the weighted average value of the underlying asset listed on major spot exchanges, which reflects the fair market value of the futures contract and is constantly updated to account for any changes in the asset’s spot price or the weighting of the exchanges used to calculate the index.

At Finandy and Binance, the Price Index for USDⓈ-M Futures contracts derives prices from KuCoin, Huobi, OKX, Bittrex, HitBTC, Gate.io, Ascendex, MXC, Bitfinex, Coinbase, Bitstamp, Kraken, Binance.US, and Bybit.

You can check the real-time [Price Index Info](https://www.binance.com/en/futures/funding-history/3) on the Binance website.

## Additional funds

There are additional protections to avoid poor market performance during outages of Spot Exchanges or during connectivity problems. These protections are listed below:

1. Single price source deviation: When the latest price of a certain exchange deviates more than 5% from the median price of all price sources, the exchange weight will be set to zero for weighting purposes.
2. Multi price source deviation: If more than 1 exchange shows greater than 5% deviation, the median price of all price sources will be used as the index value instead of the weighted average.
3. Exchange Connectivity Problem: If we can’t access the data feed for exchange and this exchange has trades updated in the last 10 seconds, we can take price data from the last result and use it for index calculation.
4. If one exchange has no updates for 10 seconds, the weight of this exchange will be zero when calculating the weighted average.

*\*Disclaimer: The numbers in this article are subject to change without further notice.*


# Liquidation

Last updated 28/05/2023

## Risk and Leverage

Finandy uses Mark Price to avoid unnecessary liquidations and to combat market manipulation.

Risk and Leverage are adjusted based on the customer’s total exposure; the larger the total position, the higher the required margin, and the lower the leverage. A liquidation is triggered when:

{% hint style="info" %}
**Collateral = Initial Collateral + Realized PnL + Unrealized PnL < Maintenance Margin**
{% endhint %}

On liquidation, all open orders are immediately cancelled. All traders will be subject to the same liquidation protocols referred to as “Smart Liquidation.” Finandy avoids full liquidation of the user’s position whenever possible. For any traders that are cleared via forced liquidation and not by an order issued from the trader, a liquidation fee will be charged on the amount liquidated only (not the notional value of the position).

It is important to mention that, as a general rule, users who hold relatively smaller positions that enter liquidation will almost always be fully liquidated. Larger users will see a smaller percentage of their accounts liquidated compared to smaller users. This is because maintenance margin is based around a user’s position size, and not their leverage selection. As a result, for smaller users, the effective maintenance margin is lower than the liquidation fee rate, so they are already bankrupt when first entering liquidation, regardless of the final price when clearing.

Note that all orders for liquidations are Immediate or Cancel orders. The order will fill as much as possible, and cancel the rest. This is different from a Fill or Kill order which will only execute if the order can be completely executed, and will be cancelled, if otherwise.

{% hint style="info" %}
The remaining positions will be either assigned to the insurance fund or counter-party liquidated.
{% endhint %}

For all traders, the system will first cancel all open orders, then attempt to reduce the trader’s margin usage with one *single* large Immediate or Cancel order without fully liquidating the trader.

If the trader is margin compliant after the order and liquidation fee, the liquidation event is over. If the trader is still margin deficient, the trader’s position will be closed down at the bankruptcy price and the insurance fund will take over the position, and the trader is declared bankrupt. A portion of the remaining collateral (if any) will go to the insurance fund.

If an account becomes bankrupt (negative wallet balance), the insurance fund will pay out to bring the account's balance back to 0.

{% hint style="info" %}
Bankruptcy price might be out of contract market price range.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
We will be sending you margin call and liquidation call notifications by mail, text message and internal message, the function serves as a risk warning and cannot guarantee timely delivery.

You agree that during your use of the Service, under certain circumstances (including due to personal network congestion and poor network environment), users may be unable or delayed to receive SMS or e-mail reminders. We reserve the right with no obligation to deliver notifications.
{% endhint %}

## **Insurance Clear Fee**

When user's position got liquidated, A certain percentage of Insurance clear fee will be collected and contributed to Insurance funds reserves, marked as ''Insurance Clear'' in the Transaction History.

Since the liquidation price will not change, It is recommended that the user strictly control the risk to avoid liquidation.

| **USDⓈ-M Futures**                                              | **Insurance Clear Fee** |
| --------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------- |
| BTCUSDT Contracts                                               | 2.00%                   |
| ETHUSDT Contracts, and Contracts with a maximum leverage of 75X | 3.00%                   |
| Contracts with a maximum leverage of 50X, DOGEUSDT              | 4.00%                   |

| **COIN-M Futures**                                    | **Insurance Clear Fee** |
| ----------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------- |
| BTCUSD Contracts                                      | 2.00%                   |
| ETHUSD Contracts                                      | 3.00%                   |
| Contracts with a maximum leverage of 20X, DOGEUSD 25X | 4.00%                   |

## **About Liquidation Price**

Liquidation occurs when Mark Price hits the liquidation price of a position.Traders are advised to pay close attention to the movement of Mark Price and the liquidation price to avoid an open position being liquidated.

In hedge mode, both long and short positions of the same contract are sharing the same liquidation price in cross margin mode.

If both long and short positions of the same contract are in isolated mode, the positions will have two different liquidation prices depending on the margin allocated to the positions.

Finandy allows for high leverage trading using a sophisticated risk management and liquidation model.

*\*Disclaimer: The numbers in this article are subject to change without further notice.*


# Binanсe (via API-key)

✔ Learn how to connect Binance to trade via API key on the Finandy platform. A detailed guide to integration and trading will help you effectively manage your assets on Binance.

The Finandy service allows you to trade on Binance via an API key for free, read more:

{% content-ref url="/pages/044TCtORvo3sB75YWz7Z" %}
[Trade via API](/exchange/binance/free)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% content-ref url="/pages/WTxT4dj2ywjwPnlN9bPS" %}
[Adding an API Key](/exchange/binance/api-key)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Trade via API

✔ Learn how to get full access to trading via the Binance API key on the Finandy platform. This detailed guide will help you make the most of trading opportunities.

If you create your account on Binance <mark style="color:blue;">**without using a referral promo code**</mark>, you will have free access to the full functionality of our terminal.

To verify your account eligibility, follow these steps:

1. Navigate to "Account" and add an API key to the terminal.

<figure><img src="/files/JUjlAZJxH0gAFXJFXHJZ" alt="" width="211"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2\. Refresh the page after 15-20 seconds.

3\. Go to **Accounts / Subscriptions** page and check your account status.

<figure><img src="/files/GgGYXRvmjdgtzYEvoY5U" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Even if your current account is not eligible, you can still enjoy free trading on our Finandy Exchange, which operates under the Binance broker program. Alternatively, you can create a new account by following these 3 simple steps:

<figure><img src="/files/SjLd7WDv6Do4ufIQKAip" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/OD4jgXaeIamhNJ6YDc5H" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. [Create a new account](https://accounts.binance.com/en/register?source=futures) **WITHOUT referral codes** on Binance.com using this link [https://accounts.binance.com/ru/register-person ](<https://accounts.binance.com/ru/register-person >)\
   Please make sure the referral code field is **empty.**
2. Open trading on Futures <https://www.binance.com/en/futures/BTCUSDT> WITHOUT referral codes (if you did it using the link from 1 point, they will already be opened automatically).
3. Create an API key, add access to futures if necessary.

After adding the API key to the Finandy terminal, wait for 15-20 seconds, then reload the page and check if you are a member of this program. You can find the membership status in your account's "**Subscriptions**" section.

<figure><img src="/files/LU8tMPeBgIU8xkcYjVwl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Under free subscription plan, all transactions must be opened through Finandy terminal! A free subscription is not provided for visual control of your positions that were opened in third-party services.&#x20;

All accounts that violate the free subscription rules will be blocked!
{% endhint %}

## FAQ

* [How can I determine what type of subscription I have?](#how-can-i-determine-what-type-of-subscription-i-have)
* [How can I renew my subscription? My Binance account has a referral code, and the trial period has expired.](#how-can-i-renew-my-subscription-my-binance-account-has-a-referral-code-and-the-trial-period-has-expi)
* [After the expiration of the free period, all API terminal functions have been disabled. The subscription menu shows the presence of a referral code. I am absolutely certain that I registered on Binance without using a referral code.](#after-the-expiration-of-the-free-period-all-api-terminal-functions-have-been-disabled.-the-subscript)
* [Previously, there was a paid subscription for 15 USDT. Why is it currently unavailable?](#previously-there-was-a-paid-subscription-for-15-usdt.-why-is-it-currently-unavailable)
* [Are there any limitations with free subscription?](#are-there-any-limitations-with-free-subscription)
* [Is it possible to remove the referral code from my account through Finandy?](#is-it-possible-to-remove-the-referral-code-from-my-account-through-finandy)

### How can I determine what type of subscription I have?

You need to select Binance exchange on the top right, open the 'Account' section in the main menu, and choose the 'Subscriptions' menu.

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/1d4d2bb2-08a1-4419-8317-2a83ed7f674d/image.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Possible options are:

1. Your API **does not have referral codes**, and you can use the Finandy terminal without any limitations.

<figure><img src="/files/SttyIDVn0hLc4XxsUBtS" alt="" width="290"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. On one of the markets, there is an option for "**Account with a referral code":**

<figure><img src="https://t24536365.p.clickup-attachments.com/t24536365/a5c2aa1e-2aec-41b6-a740-12983f443b53/image.png" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In this example, Spot market is not available for trading on Finandy, only Futures market is allowed.

It is also possible that the Futures market is not accessible, which indicates that either access to the futures market was activated at a later time or has not been activated in the API key.

To resolve this issue, you can create a new API key on Binance exchange. If there have been no changes, then there may be a referral code associated with this market.

3. On all markets, it is indicated - Account with referral code.

<figure><img src="/files/r0NFyMHgg3u1cDt7B1oF" alt="" width="330"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you have a referral code, the use of the Finandy API terminal is not available to you. Instead, you can switch to Finandy exchange to continue enjoying the full functionality of the Finandy service for free.&#x20;

For detailed instructions on how to deposit funds into the Finandy exchange, please refer to this link: <https://docs.finandy.com/exchange/finandy/deposit>

### How can I renew my subscription? My Binance account has a referral code, and the trial period has expired.

If your account is registered with a referral code, API trading will not be available.

Please use the Finandy service exclusively through Finandy exchange.

### After the expiration of the free period, all API terminal functions have been disabled. The subscription menu shows the presence of a referral code. I am absolutely certain that I registered on Binance without using a referral code.

It's possible that a referral code was assigned to your account through a referral link that you clicked on before registration while using a search engine.

Finandy verifies the presence of a referral code in your account through an API request to Binance. To confirm this information, we recommend reaching out to Binance support.

### Previously, there was a paid subscription for 15 USDT. Why is it currently unavailable?

The service policy, which was adopted on February 16, 2022, does not include a paid subscription. This decision has been abolished. Currently, there are 2 methods of using the service:

* API trading on Binance without a referral code in the Binance account
* Trade conventionally on the Finandy exchange with access to Binance's liquidity and a wide range of markets/pairs.

### Are there any limitations with free subscription?

Access is full, without limitations.

### Is it possible to remove the referral code from my account through Finandy?

No, Finandy service cannot remove the referral code. We recommend contacting Binance technical support regarding this matter.




---

[Next Page](/llms-full.txt/1)